Quarterlytics / Beverages - Non-Alcoholic / A.G. BARR

A.G. BARR

bag · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker bag
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Beverages - Non-Alcoholic
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · A.G. BARR
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 Straight talking, 
 Forward thinking, 
 Results driven. 

A.G. BARR p.l.c.
Annual Report and Accounts 
January 2014

We are a branded soft drinks  
business making, marketing  
and selling some of the U.K.’s  
best loved soft drinks brands. 

 6.9%Turnover increase
 £37.7m

Free cash flow

 10.1%Increased earnings per share
 £38.1m

Profit before tax  
(pre-exceptional items)

 We are Barr. 

  Harry Singh, Employee Benefits Administrator 

2014 saw a year of real progress  
in our business – who we are,  
where we are going and how we  
are going to achieve our ambitions.

 “We are always finding  
 better ways to do things,  
 striving to be the best.” 

  Jennifer Reade, Assistant Brand Manager, IRN-BRU 

Total turnover versus the comparable 
period up 6.9% at £254.1m (2013: £237.6m). 

Profit on ordinary activities before 
tax, excluding exceptional items, 
increased 9.6% to £38.1m (2013: £34.8m**). 

Underlying earnings per share* 
increased by 10.1% to 27.02p (2013: 24.55p**). 

*   Underlying earnings per share 

exclude the effect of exceptional 
items after tax on the basic earnings 
per share calculation. In the year to 
26 January 2014 these exceptional 
items after tax represented a charge 
of £2,991,000 (2013: a charge of 
£3,058,000). The term ‘underlying’  
is not defined in IFRS and therefore 
may not be comparable with similarly 
titled measures reported by other 
companies. Underlying measures  
are not intended as a substitute for,  
or a superior measure to, IFRS 
measures. Reconciliations of 
underlying measures to IFRS 
measures for earnings per share  
in respect of each period are 
provided in the earnings per  
share note (note 9).

**    Restated for the impact of the revision  

to IAS 19.

Free cash flow in the period of £37.7m. 
Net debt: EBITDA of below 0.1 times.

 “We work as one team,  
 offering support to each other.” 

  Mark Aspinwall, Central Financial Controller 

Growing our brands  
across the U.K.

Head Office
01  Cumbernauld

Sales and  
Administration Offices
01  Cumbernauld
05  Middlebrook
10  Wembley

Supply Chain Sites
01  Cumbernauld
02  Forfar
03  Pitcox
09  Tredegar
12   Milton Keynes 

Sales Branch
04  Newcastle
06  Moston
07  Sheffield
08  Wednesbury
11  Walthamstow

Our Brands
Our Brands 
IRN-BRU, Rubicon, Barr Brands,  
KA, Strathmore, Simply, Tizer, D’N’B,  
St. Clement’s, Findlays, Abbott’s.

Partnership Brands
Partnership Brands 
Orangina, Rockstar, Snapple.

02

03

01

04

07

05 06

08

09

12

10

11

Strategic  
Review 
01-29

Corporate 
Governance 
31-77

Accounts 

81-145

02  Highlights
01  Chairman’s Statement 
02  Business Model
04  Key Performance Indicators 
07   Chief Executive’s Operational 

Review

15  Financial Review 
18  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
23  Corporate Responsibility

32  Board of Directors
34  Directors’ Report
40  Corporate Governance Report
46  Audit Committee Report
49  Directors’ Remuneration Report
77  Directors’ Statement

81   Independent Auditor’s Report to  
the Members of A.G. BARR p.l.c.
84  Consolidated Income Statement
85   Statement of 

Comprehensive Income

86  Statement of Changes in Equity
88  Statements of Financial Position
89  Cash Flow Statements
90  Notes to the Accounts
131 Review of Trading Results
132 Notice of Annual General Meeting

Strategic Report
I am pleased to present the Group’s Strategic 
Report for the year ended 26 January 2014,  
which is set out on pages 1 to 29, provides  
a comprehensive review of the Group’s  
business model and operations, strategy  
and performance. The Strategic Report 
incorporates the Chairman’s Statement,  
Chief Executive’s Review, Financial Review, 
Corporate Social Responsibility Review  
and Risks and Uncertainties. 

The full contents are set out below: 

1. Chairman’s Statement
2. Business Model
3. Key Performance Indicators
4. Operational Review
5. Financial Review
6. Principal Risks and Uncertainties
7. Corporate Responsibility

Roger White,
Chief Executive
25 March 2014

Strategic Review 
 
 
 “Overall, the business is well 
 positioned to deliver long term  
 value for our shareholders.” 

  Ronnie Hanna, Chairman 

Strategic ReviewChairman’s Statement
Ronald G. Hanna, 
Chairman

The Group’s results are again 
excellent, outperforming the U.K. 
soft drinks market and delivering 
growth in profit before tax and 
exceptional items of 9.6%; sales 
increased by 6.9% to £254.1m. It 
was an eventful year including the 
termination of the proposed merger 
with Britvic plc, which despite the 
initial recommendation of both 
Boards and eventual clearance  
by the Competition Commission, 
could not subsequently be  
agreed by both Boards. 

I reported last year that, despite the  
potential distraction of the Britvic deal,  
our priority remained on the business 
elements within our control – building brand 
equity, driving sales fundamentals, seeking 
efficiency gains and controlling costs and 
that is exactly what we have done. As  
a consequence, our business has had  
another strong financial year.

In addition to our efforts to deliver our 
financial plans, the business has also 
embarked on a number of structural 
improvement initiatives, outlined in more 
detail in the Operational Review which are 
designed to support the long term delivery 
of sustained business performance and 
maximisation of shareholder value. This is 
an exciting time for A.G. BARR, in which  
we aim to accelerate our growth, building  
on the strong platform we have created.

2013 also saw the completion of our initial 
investment in our new production and 
warehousing facilities at Milton Keynes.  
I am delighted that the first phase of this 
investment is now complete – on time  
and to budget – which was a significant 
achievement for all of the team and  
now equips us with a highly efficient and 
flexible site, increasing our capacity 
immediately and providing further  
scope for future growth.

Dividend
The Board is pleased to recommend a  
final dividend of 8.19p per share to give  
a total dividend for the year of 11.02p  
per share, a full year increase of 10.0%  
on the prior year reflecting the financial 
strength of the business and our  
confidence in the future.

Future Prospects
We continue to operate in challenging 
markets but our combination of great 
people, strong brands, proven business 
model, excellent asset base and growth 
potential gives us real confidence in our 
future prospects.

The markets in which we operate have 
performed relatively robustly despite the 
economic, regulatory and consumer related 
headwinds. However we are cognisant that 
we must remain vigilant to the fast pace of 
change in our markets and ensure we are 
fully focused on consumers. We face these 
challenges from a position of strength,  
with a clear growth strategy, well invested 
asset base, strong balance sheet and  
a committed and capable team.

People
I am delighted that Pam Powell joined 
the Board in November 2013. I welcome  
her experience and continued contribution 
following an established career in innovation 
and brand strategy in fast moving consumer 
goods and latterly within beverages through 
her nine year tenure at SABMiller plc.

Finally, I would like to thank all of the  
team at A.G. BARR on behalf of our 
shareholders and Board for delivering 
superior performance in what has been  
a challenging period for all.

Ronald G. Hanna
Chairman

01

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Business Model
Our objective is  
to deliver long term 
sustainable value  
in all we do.

To do this, the building blocks are:

XX Understanding real consumer needs and  

tastes such that we build brands and develop 
innovations to satisfy them
XX Focusing on our core brands
XX Delivering excellence in execution
XX Driving efficiency across the supply chain
XX Developing the team
XX Building long lasting customer relationships
XX We do the right thing
XX Building brands that consumers love.

We have developed a wide brand portfolio 
and believe in offering choice. We have 
directed much of our efforts to focus on  
our core brand offerings – IRN-BRU, BARR, 
our exotic brands Rubicon and KA and  
our franchise partner brand Rockstar.

By focusing our efforts on these core  
brands, we have been able to speed up the 
development of this group of brands with 
improved sales execution, better supported 
communication and improved innovation  
to market. We believe our core brands will 
drive our long term business growth.

Turning plans into actions as efficiently  
and effectively as possible is a key factor in 
our success. From factory operations to 
activity at the point of consumer purchase  
we aim to excel in the execution of our  
plans. We have invested significantly in  
our customer facing teams to ensure our 
brand led activity is activated in all channels 
creating interest, excitement and visibility  
in our brands and helping to leverage the 
consumer marketing campaigns which  
drive brand awareness.

To ensure we can compete in today’s 
marketplace we must strive for efficiency 
across our full supply chain. We invest in  
all areas of efficiency from the sourcing  
of materials across the globe, the design  
of our packaging materials through to our 
manufacturing and distribution facilities 
across the U.K.

02

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Focus on  core brands Excellence  in execution Efficiency across the supply chain Strong business fundamentals  
allow us to focus on growth
Our business is financially well positioned  
to grow. We operate within an expandable 
consumption market with powerful brands, 
differentiated products and important 
positions within our core consumers’ 
repertoires.  

Our business model allows us to focus on 
creating and delivering value in all we do.  
By owning our brands, being asset backed, 
with multiple routes to market, and having  
a strong execution culture, we seek to 
outgrow the market as well as build our 
business. Consumer insight drives our 
business.  

Our aim is to understand real consumer  
needs and tastes. Our consumer base is 
growing in number, location and diversity.  
We aim to build long term relationships  
with all our consumers through our brands  
by appealing to both traditional and new  
tastes as well as by bringing exciting 
innovation to the market. We believe people 
want choice and we aim to build brands and 
develop innovation which meets this need. 

Throughout our business we rely on  
both individual and team performance;  
our aim is to build competency, capability  
and leadership across the business. The  
pace of growth and change in our markets 
demands much of everyone and we will 
continue to invest in developing all our  
people as well as encouraging people  
to successfully use their initiative.

Building long lasting relationships with 
customers in all channels across all our key 
markets is central to building our business  
for the long term. Our aim is to understand  
all our customers’ businesses and work  
in collaboration with them to find winning 
consumer propositions but to do so in  
a practical, fun and profitable way.

Our Corporate Responsibility actions  
across the environment, people,  
consumers and community are a big  
part of our business. We believe that  
how we act reflects who we are. Our  
aim is to ensure we always ‘Do the  
Right Thing’ across the business.

We are providing support and guidance  
but also autonomy to individuals, teams  
and sites across the business to ensure  
they can ‘Do the Right Thing’ every day.

03

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Envisaged, enabled, energisedLong lasting customer relationships Doing the  right thing Key Performance Indicators
The principal key performance 
indicators used by management  
in assessing the performance  
of the Group are as follows:

Turnover Growth

EBITDA Margin

2014

2013

Gross Margin

2014

2013

6.9%

2014

6.6%

2013

Free Cash Flow (£m)

45.7%

2014

45.5%

2013

22.0

17.8%

17.6%

37.7

Operating Profit Margin

Return on Capital Employed

15.1%

2014

14.7%

2013

22.4%

20.5%*

Profit Before Tax and Exceptional Items (£m)

13.5%

2014

13.3%*

2013

38.1

34.8*

2014

2013

Profit Margin

2014

2013

*  Restated for the impact of the revision to IAS 19.

04

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   22.4% 

Return on Capital Employed

 17.8% 

EBITDA margin

Turnover Growth 

Free Cash Flow 

Market Growth 

The increase in value of revenue recorded  
in the period relative to the prior period.

Average Realised Price 

The average revenue per case sold.  
Gross Margin Revenue less material  
costs and production related costs,  
divided by revenue. 

Operating Profit Margin 

Operating profit before exceptional items 
and before the deduction of interest and 
taxation, divided by revenue. 

Profit Margin 

Profit before exceptional items and  
before the deduction of taxation,  
divided by revenue.

EBITDA Margin 

EBITDA (defined as profit on  
ordinary activities before tax less 
exceptional items, adding back  
interest, depreciation, amortisation  
and impairment), divided by revenue.

Net cash flow excluding the movements in 
borrowings, shares, dividend payments and 
non cash exceptional items. A reconciliation 
from operating profit before exceptionals to 
free cash flow is provided on page 17.

Return on Capital 

Employed Operating profit before 
exceptional items as a percentage of 
invested capital. Invested capital is defined 
as period end non-current plus current 
assets less current liabilities excluding 
all balances relating to any financial 
instruments, interest-bearing liabilities  
and cash or cash equivalents. 

Interest Cover 

The ratio of EBITA (EBITDA less 
depreciation) relative to finance charges  
in respect of the relevant period. 

Net Debt/EBITDA 

The ratio of aggregate amount of  
all obligations in respect of period  
end consolidated gross borrowings  
to reported EBITDA.

Nielsen market growth summaries reported 
in terms of volume and value by major 
product category and geography.

Market Share 

Nielsen market share summaries reported  
in terms of volume and value by major  
brand and geography.

Market Price per Litre 

Nielsen market scantrack data of retail  
price per litre reported by major brand  
and geography.

Reportable Accidents 

The moving average total of reportable 
accidents in a period, together with  
the number of lost time accidents  
and near misses.

05

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   “We will ensure that our 
 rigorous management of cash 
 and costs will continue to be 
 at the heart of our strategy.” 

  Roger White, Chief Executive 

06

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Chief Executive’s  
Operational Review
Roger White

Across the last financial year we 
have continued to make excellent 
progress in both short term 
financial performance and also the 
development of our longer term 
plans and actions to ensure the 
business is fit for the future.

Our revenue in the 12 months to 26 January 
2014 grew by 6.9%, outpacing the wider  
soft drinks market, as measured by Nielsen, 
continuing A.G. BARR’s track record  
of outperformance in this regard. It is 
particularly pleasing in this context that  
we grew our volume by 5.0%, which is  
more than double the market rate. 

Pre tax profit, before exceptional items, 
increased by 9.6% to £38.1m, with  
operating margins increasing by 0.4%  
to 15.1%, reflecting the improvements in 
cost of goods, well controlled overheads 
and positive product sales mix. The 
improvement in our margins has not  
come at the expense of our continued 
investment in our brands, where  
marketing and promotional spend  
has further increased year on year. 

Market Performance
The U.K. soft drinks market has performed 
relatively strongly across 2013, with the 
exceptionally hot weather in July and 
generally warm summer more than making 
up for a cold, wet start to the year.

The total soft drinks market grew by 3.8%  
in value terms, with 1.9% of this growth 
coming from volume. Still drinks performed 
marginally better than carbonates in value 
terms and were significantly ahead in 
volume terms, driven by the water sub 
category which performed particularly well.

A.G. BARR’s overall performance was driven 
by excellent growth in carbonates, which 
grew by 8.2% in overall value. This was as a 
result of the consistent growth of our core 
carbonate brands IRN-BRU and Barr, with 
the addition of a strong performance from 

our franchise energy brand Rockstar. Our 
still drinks portfolio had a more subdued 
year, growing by 2.7% in overall value terms. 
Within this performance, Rubicon stills grew 
by 4.0% and the Strathmore water brand 
grew by over 9%, reflecting the delivery of a 
number of business development activities 
and the positive impact of the warm summer 
weather on the category. KA stills declined 
by 3.8% following a very strong prior year 
growth. Overall the KA brand was down  
1% in the period.

Our Strategy
The objective of our strategy is to create 
value for shareholders through:

•  Core brands and markets;
•  Brand portfolio;
•  Route to market;
•  Partnerships;
•  Efficient operations;
•  People development; and
•  Sustainability and responsibility.

Our focus on all of the above areas was 
tested across the 2013/14 financial year,  
with the impact of the work load and 
uncertainty created by the planned merger 
with Britvic plc and associated anti-trust 
activity. The strength of the performance 
ethic across the teams at A.G. BARR and 
the consistency of our strategy and 
execution enabled us to weather this difficult 
period and emerge stronger. We have 
delivered considerable progress across  
all areas of our business over the last 
12 months, all of which equip us to meet  
our long term growth and value creation 
objectives.

Core Brands, Markets and Innovation
Delivering growth despite numerous 
challenges, year in year out, has been the 
hallmark of our core brands’ performance 
over many years and last year was no 
different. Our core Group brands, IRN- 
BRU, Rubicon and Barr, together with 
franchise brand Rockstar, delivered  
total revenue growth of 8%.

IRN-BRU new sponsorship  
the official soft drink of the SPFL  
IRN-BRU and the Scottish Professional 
Football League (SPFL) announced the 
brand as the Official Soft Drink of the SPFL. 
The agreement between A.G. BARR and the 
SPFL means that IRN-BRU’s long-standing 
association with the national game  
will continue, having already enjoyed  
six years as title sponsor of the Scottish 
Football League.

07

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Chief Executive’s  
Operational Review
Continued

In geographical terms, our sales in Scotland 
now account for 40% of our total revenue 
and continue to grow in line with the overall 
market, whilst our sales in England and 
Wales, which account for the balance  
of our domestic revenues grew at over 9%  
in the period, reflecting both the significant 
opportunities for growth and the successful 
execution of our strategy.

IRN-BRU
Total IRN-BRU invoiced sales grew by  
4.3%, as brand performance improved 
across the full year following a slow start, 
where aggressive competitor promotional 
activity impacted our volume performance. 
Overall sales growth of IRN-BRU in the 
second half of the year was double that of 
the first half as we realigned our promotional 
pricing relative to our competitor set. Our 
growth last year once again highlights the 
positive annual performance and significant 
potential in England and Wales which saw 
7.5% growth in the period, driven by double 
digit growth in IRN-BRU Sugar Free. 

Scotland, where we enjoy significant 
consumer loyalty and brand presence, 
continued to successfully grow in line with 
the overall market. The brand benefited from 
strong underlying brand equity and the 
execution of a well-developed commercial 
plan, including further value added 

promotional activity in the period. All of this 
activity helped to underpin sales at a time 
when competitor average pricing was driven 
down by aggressive promotional pricing. 

The IRN-BRU brand continued to benefit 
from significant advertising support across 
all major media platforms and particularly 
benefited from the well-executed “BRU-
SKIES” summer promotion, which helped 
build on the positive impact of the warm 
summer weather during which we gave 
away thousands of pairs of free sunglasses. 
The opportunities to drive further brand 
growth, by building on a loyal base of 
consumers in Scotland and geographical 
expansion with an increasing awareness 
and loyalty in the North of England, as well 
as innovation, will remain our main focus. 

IRN-BRU Sugar Free, in line with our 
strategy, will continue to be exploited as a 
major growth opportunity across the U.K. 
and has received a further packaging and 
branding refresh in recent months. It is our 
aim to grow our Sugar Free brands ahead of 
our total growth. Following our successful 
launch of Rubicon ice cream, we have fully 
developed a further ice cream treat under 
the IRN-BRU brand which was launched in 
February 2014. We expect this product to 
add further brand value and deliver 
additional sales potential across 2014.

Exotics – Rubicon and KA
Following several years of significant  
growth, it has been a more modest year  
for our exotics brands, Rubicon and KA. 
Total Rubicon brand sales continued to 
grow, with stills drinks growth of 4.0% and 
carbonates achieving marginal growth.  
The past 12 months has seen a period of 
intense competitor activity, as a number  
of competing carbonate brands launched 
exotic flavours in response to the success  
of Rubicon. We have weathered the storm 
well and have continued to increase our 
brand development investment and Rubicon 
is well positioned to regain its growth 
momentum in 2014. We have completed a 
full artwork refresh, which will ensure the 
brand stands out more on shelf and we also 
aired national television advertising across 
2013, to help broaden awareness and 
credibility of the brand with a wider 
audience. We continue to believe that this 
strong combination of product quality, 
innovation and brand recognition will ensure 
that Rubicon continues its positive growth 
trajectory to drive our exotics portfolio.

In mainland Europe and Scandinavia, 
Rubicon is an untapped source of future 
potential. Currently 5% of the Rubicon  
brand sales come from these territories  
with growth last year of 6.5%.

“ IRN-BRU Sugar Free, in line  
with our strategy, will continue  
to be exploited as a major growth 
opportunity across the U.K. ”

08

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Do More with Strathmore  
Commonwealth packs launched  
Strathmore, the Official Water of  
this year’s Commonwealth Games,  
is launching a range of special packs  
to celebrate the brand’s association  
with Glasgow 2014.

IRN-BRU limited edition  
330ml Commonwealth can  
IRN-BRU unveiled the first of three  
limited edition 330ml can designs to 
mark its sponsorship of the Glasgow  
2014 Commonwealth Games with the  
help of past Olympian and Commonwealth 
Games weightlifting medallist Peter 
Kirkbride from Kilmarnock.

09

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Chief Executive’s  
Operational Review
Continued

KA Karnival Krush  
Limited edition product and special 
promotional packs on KA, the soft drinks 
brand that provides a full-flavoured taste  
of the Caribbean, were launched during  
the year. 

Barr Brand first ever TV campaign 
The Barr brand grew ahead of the soft  
drinks category with sales having grown 
more than two and a half times since 2005. 
To further drive this success, a TV campaign 
was launched at the beginning of the year.

“ We continue to believe that  
developing our various route to  
market strategies and executing  
them with excellence is a core area  
of competence which presents  
exciting further potential for  
A.G. BARR.”

10

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  “ We have made excellent progress across 
our asset base in driving efficiency, 
building flexibility and improving 
customer service.”

Barr Brands
The Barr range posted growth of 3.2%  
and further demonstrated its flexibility and 
potential through innovation and distribution 
growth. Across the year the brand growth 
was impacted by actions taken to phase  
out some flavours in advance of the  
planned merger with Britvic plc. We have 
now however successfully reversed these 
actions and, in addition, introduced a 
Bubblegum flavoured soft drink to the  
Barr portfolio. Initially launched as a special 
pack, Bubblegum is now a new permanent 
range extension following its success  
and feedback from our consumers.  
This, together with the development of  
an additional cola product – Barr XTRA  
Cola – for 2014, leaves us confident  
that Barr will regain its strong growth 
momentum.

Rockstar
The Rockstar brand continued to go from 
strength to strength in 2013, supported by 
the development and subsequent launch  
of a number of new flavours and pack 
designs. The energy market has slowed 
down significantly in overall terms from its 
growth high points, however Rockstar has 
continued to appeal to increasing numbers 
of consumers with growth of over 60%, as 
distribution levels continue to build across 
the U.K. This brand, like the category,  
will continue to rely on innovation and 
excitement around the category to generate 
further growth but Rockstar is now an 
important component of the A.G. BARR 
portfolio and consumer offering.

Strathmore
Strathmore, in tandem with the wider  
market as a whole, enjoyed good growth  
of 9.3%. Within this, 7.3% has come from 
volume and encouragingly value was driven 
by incremental listings in the flavoured  
water variant Strathmore Twist. Strathmore 
continues to enjoy a leading position within 
the on-trade and has a strong platform  
to develop in 2014, specifically with our 
Commonwealth Games sponsorship 
activity. 

Route to Market
We continue to believe that developing  
our various route to market strategies and 
executing them with excellence is a core 
area of competence which presents exciting 
further potential for A.G. BARR. As an 
example of the many actions we are taking 
to improve our executional capability, we 
initiated the centralisation of our in-house 
telesales operation in the second half of 
2013. This operation supports our impulse 
customers and has historically been based 
at six sites across the U.K. Following 
employee consultation, we have announced 
that this important business process will  
be fully centralised by mid 2014, with new 
premises and technology to support the 
development of our important impulse 
business. 

Whilst controlling overhead costs closely,  
we have also substantially bolstered our 
central commercial management teams 
across our various channels over the last 
year. This will ensure that we have the  
most effective and efficient commercial 
programmes available to customers and 

that we are able to support these with 
significantly improved customer service.  
It is our aim to deliver the best possible 
service and pricing to all of our customers 
regardless of which route to market  
we employ. 

Partnerships
There have been significant changes in the 
soft drinks landscape in the U.K. over the 
last year. Suntory’s acquisition of Lucozade 
and Ribena provides their business with  
a U.K. operating platform. As a result, we 
anticipate that our Orangina contract, which 
is due to expire at the end of 2014, will 
transfer into the new Suntory Lucozade 
Ribena operation. At this stage we have not 
completed the planning for the transfer of 
the brand but we do not anticipate that this 
will have any material impact on either our 
operational or financial performance going 
forward due to the relatively insignificant 
scale of the brand, its revenues and gross 
profit generation.

Rockstar, as previously highlighted, 
continues to perform strongly and is 
approaching five times the size of Orangina 
in revenue terms. We have long term 
contractual commitments in place with 
Rockstar stretching through to 2024.

Efficient Operations
We have made excellent progress across 
our asset base in driving efficiency, building 
flexibility and improving customer service. 
Our new site at Magna Park, Milton Keynes 
is now fully operational, with the can line and 
associated processes fully commissioned. 

11

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Chief Executive’s  
Operational Review
Continued

The seamless transfer of our distribution 
centre from Lutterworth to Milton Keynes 
was completed in the period and with  
the site now fully operational, it has the 
potential to add significantly more  
capacity to the Group. 

As a direct consequence, we have also 
substantially reduced our finished goods 
inventories as our new operating platform 
begins to deliver the planned benefits. We 
are currently planning our Phase II activities 
at Milton Keynes and are conducting a full 
review of our current and future operational 
requirements and options, mapped out 
against our forward views of consumer 
trends, to ensure we make the very most of 
the potential of this world class operating 
site. We anticipate reaching concrete 
conclusions of this review during the  
course of 2014.

A special thank you should go to all of our 
colleagues at Milton Keynes, both in the 
project team and the local team, for their 
hard work and dedication in delivering this 
complex and significant project.

Across all of our operating sites we have 
continued to make great progress in 2013/14 
driving improved efficiency and delivering 
excellent customer service.

Our capital expenditure in the financial year 
2013/14 was slightly less than previous 
guidance at £13.4m, primarily due to the 
re-phasing of a number of capital projects 
into 2014/15. Overall, we have a well 
invested and scalable operating platform 
from which to grow our business.

People, Sustainability and Responsibility
Across the business everyone has 
responded positively to both change and 
challenges throughout the last 12 months. 
The flexibility, adaptability and resilience of 
the whole team is a huge credit to them and 
the delivery of our financial plan, during an 
extended period of corporate uncertainty, 
speaks volumes for our people.

We have learned a great deal about 
ourselves as a business over the last 12 
months and we have channelled much  
of this insight and energy into a change 
programme which we launched across the 
second half of 2013. Our Fit for the Future 
programme is designed to support our 
internal change agenda across a broad 
range of development and change projects. 
All of these projects are designed to ensure 
we can successfully and sustainably 
accelerate the growth of our business.  
Our change programme will cover all key 
aspects of our business going forward: 
systems and processes; people and 
performance; and assets and brands.  
The adoption of enhanced project and 
programme management tools and 
processes will allow us to accelerate and 
de-risk our major project activity, as well  
as improve overall resource planning and 
execution as we enter a new and exciting 
growth phase of the business. It should be 
highlighted that the Milton Keynes project 
was delivered successfully using our  
new programme project management 
methodologies.

Safety performance in the period made 
further significant progress as all of our 
teams continue the journey to transform 
safety behaviours across each site. We have 
built on our previously described near-miss 
reporting and corrective action plans which, 
together with increased safety audit activity, 
have delivered a real reduction in lost time 
accidents and continue to help keep safety 
at the top of our agenda across the 
business.

The weight of regulatory activity, media 
interest and political comment on the soft 
drinks sector has never been greater. A.G. 
BARR continues to take a very positive and 
proactive role in driving our responsibility 
actions to ensure we support consumers  
to do the right thing. We have successfully 
met our annual objectives related to our 
commitments under the Government 
sponsored Responsibility Deal to reduce  
the average calorie content of our drinks 
portfolio by 5% by 2016. In addition,  
we will be adopting the non mandatory,  
traffic light, front-of-pack labelling system 
during the course of 2014, ensuring that  
we give consumers maximum visibility  
of the nutritional content of our drinks, 
further emphasising our commitment  
to supporting consumers’ right to clear  
and well informed choice.

12

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  “ We have continued to invest in 
capability, assets and technology  
to ensure that we can develop  
our supply capability.”

Commonwealth Games Glasgow 2014
We are now only a few months away from 
the Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth Games, 
to which A.G. BARR is both an official 
supporter and supplier. Our portfolio of 
brands – IRN-BRU, Strathmore, Barr and 
Rubicon – will have a role to play for both 
spectators and athletes as the Games 
approach and also during the Games 
themselves. We have committed significant 
resources to support the Games, not only 
across the Games period but across the last 
12 months, and support will continue in the 
run up to and during the Games. The Games 
will provide a great platform for sport, the 
city of Glasgow and also our brand  
activity across the key summer trading 
months of 2014.

Summary
We are firmly at the start of a new phase  
in the development of A.G. BARR. We have 
organic growth potential in our range of 
unique brands, driven by our geographical 
growth potential and consumer diversity,  
as well as an efficient scalable operating  
asset base, allied to a team across the 
business hungry for continued growth and 
success. We will ensure that our rigorous 
management of cash and costs will continue 
to be at the heart of our strategy, along  
with our culture of delivering. We plan to 
increase the internal pace of development 
and change in our business, as we deliver 
on the significant existing growth potential of 
the business and seek new routes  
to grow further shareholder value. 

Rockstar Xdurance 
Rockstar’s Xdurance variant is the U.K.’s 
fastest selling “Big Can” energy drink 
contributing to the brand’s growth of over 
60% in the year. 

Roger A. White
Chief Executive

Rubicon unveiled a new colourful look  
for its stills and carbonates range in 2013. 
The brand refresh formed part of a  
major investment in the brand which 
included national TV advertising,  
sampling as well as extensive  
digital activity.

13

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   “We have delivered 
 growth in revenue and profit 
 underpinned by strong 
 volume performance.” 

  Alex Short, Finance Director 

14

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Financial Review
Alex Short, 
Finance Director

All of our key financial measures 
have improved relative to the prior 
year. Revenue increased by 6.9%  
to £254.1m, profit before tax (pre-
exceptional items) by 9.6% to 
£38.1m and underlying Earnings  
per Share (EPS) by 10.1% to 27.02p. 
Including the effect of £3.8m of 
exceptional items, profit before  
tax increased by 8.6%.

During the year, the Group generated very 
strong free cash flow amounting to £37.7m, 
which contributed to a substantial reduction 
in our net debt position. Strong EBITDA 
margins, tight working capital management 
and continued investment in the asset base 
contributed to a further strengthening of the 
balance sheet. Net assets increased by 
18.8% to £155.2m. More importantly, Return 
on Capital Employed (ROCE), increased  
a further 197 basis points to 22.4%.

These results once again underpin the 
consistent delivery of key business metrics 
over the long term. Based on a proven 
business model, a strong portfolio of brands 
and a consistent management approach  
the Group has delivered five year compound 
annual growth in turnover of 9.7% and  
profit before tax of 10.5%.

Segment Performance
During the year ended 26 January 2014,  
the Group’s turnover increased by 6.9%. 
This strong performance was driven by  
the continuation of the strategy to drive 
distribution gains throughout England  
and Wales whilst protecting a strong  
core Scottish market position. In 2013/14  
the Group sold over 50 million cases of 
products, which represented an increase  
of 5.0% on the prior year. Average realised 
price (net of promotional investment) 
increased by 1.9%. In absolute terms, 
revenue of £254.1m was achieved, which 
represented an increase of £16.5m  
on the previous year.

The carbonates segment delivered year on 
year turnover growth of 8.2%, with volume 
growing by 5.8% and value by 2.4%. In 
absolute terms, the increase in carbonates 
equated to additional turnover of £14.9m.

The still drinks and water segment (stills) 
delivered year on year turnover growth of 
2.7%, with volume growing by 1.8% and 
value by 0.9%. In absolute terms, the 
increase in stills equated to additional 
turnover of £1.5m. 

All subsequent comparisons exclude the 
effect of exceptional items.

Sales CAGR

PBT CAGR

)

m
£
(

l

s
e
a
S

260

240

220

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

9 . 7 %

9
0
2

0
9
1

4
5
2

8
3
2

3
2
2

0
1
n
a
J

1
1
n
a
J

2
1
n
a
J

3
1
n
a
J

4
1
n
a
J

Year Ending

0
6
1

9
0
n
a
J

l

a
n
o
i
t
p
e
c
x
E
e
r
o
f
e
B

t
fi
o
r
P

)

m
£
(

x
a
T
d
n
a

s
m
e
t
I

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

1
.
3
2

9
0
n
a
J

0 . 5 %

1

.

9
2
3

.

1
1
3

.

0
8
2

.

1
8
3

.

8
4
3

0
1
n
a
J

1
1
n
a
J

2
1
n
a
J

3
1
n
a
J

4
1
n
a
J

Year Ending

Margins
Despite improved market sentiments we 
have continued to see the level of promotion 
across branded products intensify. Overall, 
on a like for like basis (net of volume growth) 
our cost of goods increased by 1.4%. The 
delivery of modest price increases across 
the portfolio and a more benign cost 
environment led to an improvement in  
gross margins, which increased to 45.7%.

Carbonates gross margins experienced a 
slight decline due to the mix of lower margin 
products within the segment growing at a 
faster rate. Overall, carbonates achieved an 
average margin of 50.1% (down 50 bps) but 
cash margins per case increased by 1.3%.

Within stills, the combination of price 
increases and reduced costs of goods  
led to an improvement in gross margins 
from 27.6% to 29.7%, with cash margins 
increasing by 8.4%.

Overall gross profit increased by £8.2m  
or 7.5% relative to 2012/13.

In the year ahead we anticipate some further 
reduction in the pace of input cost inflation, 
which we expect to be at a low single digit 
level. We have good visibility of our forward 
raw material requirements and good levels 
of foreign exchange cover in place. Current 
market pricing for PET and sugar is  
down year on year, aluminium is flat,  
whilst the costs of our key fruit pulps  
are marginally higher. 

Below gross profit, distribution costs 
increased by 6.0%, reflecting increased 
volume driven activity together with  
a double digit increase in marketing 
expenditure. This is in line with our  
strategy of building long term brand  
equity to accelerate our future growth.

Year on year administration costs  
increased by 6.9%. During the year we 
experienced significant increases in pension 

15

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial 
Review
Continued

contributions through the higher ongoing 
service charges for the defined benefit 
pension scheme but also through the 
additional costs associated with auto 
enrolment, where we have seen a further 
302 employees join the defined contribution 
pension scheme since November 2013. 
Professional fees were also incurred in  
the implementation of the Asset Backed 
Pension Funding arrangement put in  
place during the year. The Group saw 
expenditure on rates increase by 30%  
with the addition of the Milton Keynes 
production and distribution facility as  
well as through an increase in the base 
charges. Net of pension and rates  
related expenditure, administration  
costs increased by 3.9%, reflecting  
the additional investment deployed in 
developing our organisational capability.

The Group has continued to experience  
the benefits of operational gearing, with 
operating margins growing ahead of gross 
margins. An operating profit of £38.5m 
(before exceptional items) was delivered, 
representing an increase of 10.1% on the 
prior year. Operating margins, before 
exceptional items, increased from  
14.7% to 15.1%.

Profit before tax (and exceptional items) 
increased by 9.6% to £38.1m, reflecting 
slightly higher average borrowing costs 
associated with the purchase of the land 
and buildings at Milton Keynes.

EBITDA (pre-exceptional items) of £45.2m 
was generated in the period, representing 
an EBITDA margin of 17.8%.

16

Interest
Net finance charges which amounted to 
£0.4m were £0.2m higher than in the prior 
year. The constituent elements of the charge 
are summarised below:

Finance income
Finance costs

Interest related to  
Group borrowings

Finance income related  

to pension plans

Net finance costs

£000

43
(545)

(502)

116

(386)

Finance income has benefited from the 
expected return on pension scheme assets 
being £0.1m higher than the interest costs 
associated with the scheme liabilities. The 
cash interest cost includes the full year 
interest charges of £0.5m, offset to a small 
extent by interest income on cash balances.

Taxation
The tax charge of £6.1m is £0.1m lower  
than the prior year charge and represents  
an effective tax rate of 17.8%, a reduction  
of 180 basis points from the prior year. The 
key components in this reduction are; the 
impact on both current and deferred tax  
of the reduction in the corporation tax rate; 
the impact of accelerated capital allowances 
for the Milton Keynes site; and final agreed 
deductions relating to the costs of the  
failed merger with Britvic plc. We have 
worked hard to develop our excellent 
relationship with HMRC and have 
maintained our low risk status. 

Earnings Per Share (EPS)
The reduced tax charge in the year has once 
again had a beneficial impact on underlying 
EPS, which at 27.02p represents an increase 
of 10.1% on the prior year.

Dividends
The Board is recommending a final dividend 
of 8.19p per share to give a total dividend for 
the year of 11.02 pence. This represents an 
increase of 10.0% compared to the prior 
year and represents a payout ratio of 45.1% 
of basic EPS.

Balance Sheet 
Over the 12 month period to 26 January 
2014 the Group’s balance sheet strength 
increased significantly. Overall net assets 
grew by just under 19% to £155.2m. 
Property, plant and equipment assets 
increased by £6.8m, predominantly due to 
the completion of the production and 
distribution facility at Milton Keynes.  

Tight management of working capital and 
strong cash generation led to a significant 
reduction in borrowings. This was 
supplemented by lower current and  
deferred tax liabilities and a reduction  
in the defined benefit pension deficit. 

The key balance sheet metrics can be 
summarised as:
•  ROCE increased to 22.4%, increasing  
by 197 bps relative to the prior year.
Inventory reduced by 23% with  
inventory days reducing from  
an average of 59 to 43.

• 

•  Trade receivable days remained  

flat at 65 days.

•  Trade payable days reduced  

from 35 to 25.

•  Total capital investment of £13.4m 
at 5.3% of revenue reflected the  
six year average. 

•  The ratio of net debt to EBITDA  
reduced to below 0.1 times.

In the year ahead, capital expenditure  
is anticipated to be higher than in the 
previous year. Total expenditure of £17.0m  
is anticipated, of which £5.5m relates  
to retained Milton Keynes final Phase I 
balances together with expenditure being 
planned for Phase II; also included is just 
under £5.0m towards the Enterprise 
Resource Planning (ERP) replacement 
project. A decision on the preferred solution 
to replace our existing ERP solution is 
imminent. Maintenance capital of £6.6m will 
more closely match ongoing depreciation.

Cash Flow and Net Debt
An exceptionally strong free cash flow  
of £37.7m was generated in the period, 
representing an increase of over £15.7m  
on the prior year. This was despite 
exceptional cash costs amounting  
to £5.0m. The increase in free cash flow  
was attributable to the improvement in 
underlying EBITDA, strong management  
of working capital and reduced taxation.

Below free cash flow, the significant cash 
out flows included repayments of existing 
banking facilities of £10.0m, expansionary 
capital expenditure of £9.6m, and dividends 
which amounted to £3.3m. The dividend 
paid in 2013 was significantly lower than  
the prior year which included a £8.5m early 
distribution, in lieu of the final dividend, 
ahead of the planned and subsequently 
aborted merger with Britvic plc.

Shares with a net value of £1.2m were 
purchased on behalf of various employee 
benefit trusts to satisfy the ongoing 
requirements of the Group’s employee  
share schemes.

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Free cash flow statement

Operating profit
Depreciation
Amortisation

EBITDA

Decrease/(increase) in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
Increase in payables
Movement in pension liability
Share options costs
Exceptional cash items
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Year to
26 Jan 14
£000

38,481
6,445
253

45,179

4,766
323
3,924
(172)
595
(5,045)
(86)

Year to
26 Jan 13
£000

34,946
6,519
253

41,718

(1,841)
(4,434)
715
39
927
(2,734)
(187)

Net operating cash flow

49,484

34,203

Net interest
Taxation

Cash flow from operations

Maintenance capex

Free cash flow

Expansionary capex
Dividends
Net purchases of shares held in trust 
Loans (repaid)/received (incl arrangement fees)

Cash flow absorbed by financing

(417)
(7,696)

41,371

(3,646)

37,725

(9,635)
(3,304)
(1,211)
(10,040)

(24,190)

(213)
(8,267)

25,723

(3,749)

21,974

(21,129)
(19,398)
(339)
10,000

(30,866)

Increase/(decrease) in cash

13,535

(8,892)

Cash and cash equivalent at the start of the year
Cash and cash equivalent at the end of the year
Borrowings

Closing net debt

(603)
12,932
(15,000)

(2,068)

8,289
(603)
(25,000)

(25,603)

As at the end of January 2014, the  
Group’s closing net debt position stood  
at £2.1m, being the closing cash position  
of £12.9m offset by borrowings of £15.0m. 
Repayments of £10.0m were made against 
existing bank facilities during the year  
which included the final payment to settle 
the Rubicon acquisition facility in full.  
The Group has sufficient banking facilities  
at its disposal to meet the expected  
future needs of the Group. 

During the period, the Group has not 
undertaken any interest rate hedging activity 
given the current net debt position and the 
future expectations of short term interest 
rates and future free cash generation. 

Exceptional Items
The Group incurred £3.8m of exceptional 
charges during the period. This represented 
a mixture of merger and Competition 
Commission activity in the first half of  
the year, Milton Keynes site set up costs  
not capitalised and provisions relating to 
redundancies following a number of 
organisation structural changes that have 
either been implemented or announced.

Pensions
The Group continues to operate two 
pension plans, being the A.G. BARR p.l.c. 
(2005) Defined Contribution Pension 
Scheme and the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) 
Pension and Life Assurance Scheme. The 
latter is a defined benefit scheme based  
on final salary, which also includes a  
defined contribution section pension 
provision to senior managers.

The defined benefit scheme is closed to  
new entrants but remains open for future 
accrual. As at the end of January 2014  
the IAS 19 deficit was valued at £0.1m,  
a £3.3m improvement on the prior year.  
The improvement has been driven by strong 
asset returns. Overall assets have grown by 
12%, offset to some extent by the effect of a 
reduction in the discount rate. The latter has 
increased liabilities by a further £4.3m. The 
overall pension position is robust considering 
the historically low gilt yields that are being 
used to value the scheme liabilities.

Given the financial position of the defined 
benefit pension scheme, the Trustees 
continue to review opportunities to reduce 
risk, acknowledging both the long term 
nature of pension arrangements and the 
underlying objective of achieving full buy out 
of the liabilities. During the year the Trustees, 
together with the Company, implemented  
an Asset Backed Funding arrangement. This 
arrangement has improved both the funding 
and the level of security provided to the 
scheme. The arrangement will support the 
implementation of a less volatile investment 
strategy whilst providing the Company  
with accelerated tax relief on its pension 
contributions.

Summary
Our financial position has continued to 
improve as we have delivered growth in 
underlying trading performance, increased 
underlying operating profits and generated 
strong free cash flow. Our balance sheet is 
in great shape and our efficiency measures 
of operating margin, cash flow conversion 
and ROCE are very strong. We have 
increased the levels of investment deployed 
to support long term brand building activity 
and to develop our organisational capability. 
Capital investment levels are in excess of 
underlying depreciation as we continue to 
invest in our asset base to provide efficient 
platforms for future growth.

As we enter the next stage of our 
development we do so with a very  
strong financial foundation.

Share Price and Market Capitalisation
At 26 January 2014 the closing share  
price for A.G. BARR p.l.c. was £6.05, an 
increase of 10% on the closing January 
2013 position. The Group is a member  
of the FTSE250, with a market capitalisation 
of £706.5m at the year end.

Alex Short
Finance Director

17

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
The responsibility for risk management 
across the Group resides with the Board.  
The Board uses a risk framework which  
is designed to support the process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing  
both financial and non-financial risks. 

There is an ongoing process in place for 
identifying, evaluating and managing the 
significant risks faced by the Group, which 
has operated throughout the year. This 
process involves regular assessment  
of the Group’s risk register by the Audit 
Committee. In line with best practice, the 
register includes an assessment of the 
impact and likelihood of each risk together 
with the controls in place to mitigate the risk.

Internal audit work is undertaken by an 
independent organisation who develop an 
annual internal audit plan having reviewed 
the Group’s risk register and following 
discussions with external auditors, 
management and members of the  
Audit Committee.

During the year the Audit Committee 
has reviewed reports covering the work
undertaken as part of the annual internal 
audit plan. This has included assessment  
of the general control environment, 
identification of control weaknesses, 
quantification of any associated risk 
together with a review of the status of 
actions to mitigate these risks.

The Audit Committee has also received 
reports from management in relation 
to specific risk items together with reports 
from external auditors, who consider 
controls only to the extent necessary to 
form an opinion as to the truth and fairness 
of the financial statements. The system 
of internal control is designed to manage, 

rather than eliminate, the risk of failure 
to achieve business objectives and it must 
be recognised that it can only provide 
reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

The principal risks and corresponding 
mitigation set out below represent the 
principal uncertainties that the Board 
believes may impact the Group’s ability to 
deliver effectively its strategy in the future.

Risks Relating to the Group
Risk

Adverse publicity 
in relation to the  
Group or its brands. 

Impact

Mitigating Actions

Adverse publicity in relation to the  
Group or its brands could have an 
adverse impact on the Group’s 
reputation, consumer consumption 
patterns, sales and operating profits.

It remains the Group’s policy to ensure that employees operate within the 
boundaries of compliance in the areas of legislation, health and safety and ethical 
working standards and these are regularly reviewed by the Board and management 
committee. The Group maintains and develops ISO9001 and 14001 systems which 
are subject to annual external audits with any non-conformances actioned in a 
timely manner.

Within the Group there is a clearly defined and communicated Corporate  
Social Responsibility Policy. Quality standards are well defined, implemented  
and measured.

The Group offers a range of branded products many of which are low calorie or 
sugar free. Nutritional information is shown on all of our products and we have 
signed up to the U.K. Government’s package labelling arrangements.

18

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Risk

Impact

Mitigating Actions

Failure or  
unavailability of the  
Group’s operational  
infrastructure.

Failure of the  
Group’s Information  
Technology systems.

Inability to protect the  
intellectual property  
rights associated  
with current and  
future brands.

Interruption to, or significant  
change in the terms of, the  
Group’s supply of packaging  
and raw materials.

The Group would be affected if there 
was a catastrophic failure of its major 
production or distribution facilities  
which led to a sustained loss in  
capacity or capability. 

The maintenance and development of 
Information Technology systems may  
result in systems failures, including 
cyber security breaches which may 
adversely impact the Group’s ability  
to operate. 

Assets within the Group are proactively managed whether this be intangible brand 
assets, plant and equipment, people or IT systems. Robust disaster recovery and 
incident management plans exist and are formally tested. Contingency measures 
are in place and are regularly tested.

IT assets within the Group are proactively managed and procedures exist  
that support rapid and clean recovery. Robust disaster recovery and incident 
management plans exist and are formally tested. Contingency measures are  
in place and are regularly tested.

Failure to maintain the Group’s 
intellectual property rights could  
result in the value of our brands  
being eroded. 

The Group invests considerable effort in proactively protecting the intellectual 
property rights associated with its current and future brands, through
trademark registration and vigorous legal enforcement as and when required.

The packaging and raw material 
components that the Group uses for the 
production of its soft drink products are 
largely commodities that are subject  
to price and supply volatility that could 
have an adverse impact on the Group’s 
sales and operating profits. 

The Group adopts centralised purchasing arrangements to ensure the best possible 
terms are negotiated.

Contingency measures exist and are tested regularly.

Supplier performance is reviewed on a monthly basis and audits are undertaken  
for major suppliers. Overall commodity risks are reviewed and managed by the 
purchasing and operations teams and reviewed by the Treasury Committee  
whose remit and authority levels are set by the Board.

Together with the operations team, the Treasury Committee’s remit focuses on  
the unpredictability of the cost of supply and seeks to minimise potential related 
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance through either forward 
purchasing or hedging known commodity requirements.

Our underlying objective is to secure budgeted exchange rates and thereby reduce 
the volatility through our cost of goods. 

Financial risks are reviewed and managed by the Treasury Committee whose remit 
and authority levels are set by the Board.

The Treasury Committee seeks to minimise adverse effects on the Group’s financial 
performance through hedging known currency exposures whilst reviewing the 
appropriateness of the interest rate hedging policy throughout the year.

The Group’s finance team reviews cash flow forecasts throughout the year, with 
headroom against banking covenants assessed regularly. The finance team uses 
external tools to assess credit limits offered to customers, manages trade receivable 
balances vigilantly and takes prompt action on overdue accounts.

The Group’s financial control environment is subject to review by both internal and 
external audit. Internal audit’s focus is to work with and challenge management to 
ensure an appropriate control environment is maintained.

19

Financial Risks.

The Group’s activities expose it to a  
variety of financial risks which include  
market risk (including medium term 
movements in exchange rates, interest  
rate risk and commodity price risk),  
credit risk and liquidity risk. 

In the poor economic climate the risk  
of customer insolvency is increased. 

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Principal Risks  
and Uncertainties  
Continued

Risk

Impact

Mitigating Actions

Change programmes  
may not deliver the  
benefits intended.

Increasing funding needs or 
obligations in respect of 
the Group’s pension  
scheme arrangements.

A number of change programmes 
designed to improve the effectiveness 
and efficiency of the end to end 
operating, administrative and financial 
systems and processes continue to be 
undertaken. There is a risk that these 
programmes will not fully deliver the 
expected operational benefits within the 
timescales expected. There is also the 
risk that the change programmes lead to 
disruption to production, administrative 
and financial processes and could 
impact customer service and/or 
operating margins. 

The triennial valuation of the Group’s  
defined benefit pension scheme may  
highlight a worsening funding position  
that requires the Group to invest 
additional cash contributions or  
provide further assurance to  
cover future liabilities. 

Appropriate governance structures are put in place to provide the required 
frameworks to supervise, monitor, control, direct and manage change programmes.

These structures review the scope of change programmes and related project  
plans and project resources, monitoring progress against set deliverables.  
External support is utilised when the Group is unable to support the project  
solely from internal resources.

The Group’s finance team works closely with the Pension Scheme Investment Sub 
Committee and the Pension Trustees to ensure that an appropriate Investment 
Strategy is in place to fund future pension requirements at acceptable levels of risk.

Acquisition strategy fails  
to deliver expected returns  
via either market performance  
or under attainment  
of targeted synergies. 

Failure to deliver expected return  
could affect overall performance, net 
debt level, share price, management 
credibility and/or shareholder appetite 
for future acquisitions. 

A robust initial evaluation and diligence process exists which clearly outlines 
expectations relative to agreed rates of return and clearly identifies deliverables.
Sensitivity analysis of the key value drivers is also undertaken.

A dedicated integration and project management team is established  
pre-completion and a 100 day plan established against which progress  
is actively monitored. Finally, a six monthly review of performance relative  
to the acquisition model is undertaken.

20

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Risks Relating to the Market
Risk

Failure to take account  
of changing market dynamics.

Impact

Mitigating Actions

A decline in sales of key brands or a 
failure to renew trading agreements on 
favourable terms or reduction in the 
customer base could have an adverse 
impact on the Group’s sales and 
operating profits. 

The Group offers a range of brands that it manufactures and distributes through a 
cross section of trade channels and retailers. Performance is monitored closely by 
the Board and management committee. This includes monitoring and tracking of 
metrics which review brand equity strength, together with monitoring of financial 
and operational performance.

The Group focuses heavily on delivering high quality products and invests heavily  
in building brand equity. Regular contact is maintained with all of the Group’s major 
customers through regular sales force interaction and members of the senior 
management team meet with key customers throughout the year.

Changes in consumer  
preferences, perception  
or purchasing behaviour.

Consumers may decide to purchase 
and consume alternative brands or 
spend less on soft drinks.

The Group offers a range of branded products across a range of flavours, 
subcategories and geographies which offer choice to the end consumer.

Changing consumer preferences are reviewed annually by the Board with reference 
to qualitative and quantitative research.

Spontaneous and prompted brand awareness levels are monitored in order to 
measure any changes in consumer knowledge of brands and/or changes in brand 
equity strength.

Changes in regulatory  
requirements.

Changing legislation may impact our 
ability to market or sell certain products 
or could cause the Group to incur 
additional costs or liabilities that  
could adversely affect its business.

The Group proactively engages with the relevant authorities, including the British 
Soft Drinks Association, The Food Standards Agency and the General Counsel of 
Scotland to ensure full participation in the future development of and compliance 
with relevant legislation.

It remains the Group’s policy to ensure that employees are aware of their 
responsibilities and all applicable regulatory requirements. Formal training  
sessions are undertaken throughout the year.

An audit against changing legislative requirements is undertaken annually  
by the in house legal team.

Potential impact of  
taxation changes.

Changes to legislation may vary  
the taxation levels associated with  
the sale or consumption of soft  
drinks which could impact sales  
and operating profits. 

The impact of changes to the taxation legislation is reviewed regularly.

The Group will seek to remain commercially competitive by passing on any resulting 
cost differential through price amendments to customers.

21

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   “Corporate responsibility 
 is about doing business 
 in the right way.” 

  Andrew Memmott, Supply Chain Director 

22

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Corporate Responsibility
Andrew Memmott,
Supply Chain Director

A.G. BARR has long had a  
strong sense of environmental 
responsibility, with our earliest 
demonstration of this commitment 
perhaps being the introduction  
our iconic returnable glass  
bottles in 1875. 

Times have changed and now corporate 
responsibility (‘CR’) is about more than 
environmental measures. As a company we 
have a duty to be a sustainable, responsible 
business that listens to its consumers, takes 
care of its employees, gives back to its 
communities and works to minimise its 
environmental impact. 

With our success and growth as a business 
comes an obligation to take our social and 
environmental commitments seriously and 
embed them across all areas of the 
business. 

We believe that our straightforward, 
responsible and open approach to business 
builds trust with our consumers, attracts  
the right people to work for us, minimises 
our footprint on the environment and allows 
us to maintain excellent relationships  
with our local communities.

Our corporate responsibility programme  
has four key areas:
•  Our people
•  Environment
•  Consumers
•  Communities

•  Completed and commissioned our new 

manufacturing and warehousing facility in 
Milton Keynes, which is already showing 
environmental and performance benefits;

•  Continued to support consumers on 
matters of transparency and public 
health, specifically fulfilling our 
Responsibility Deal pledge to reduce the 
sugar content of our drinks portfolio; and

•  Signed our third Education Partnership 
Agreement, supporting students in their 
studies as well as learning new skills 
ourselves.

Our people
The safety of our customers, staff and 
stakeholders is vital to us as a business and 
consequently it’s an area of the business 
where we dedicate much of our time and 
attention. This year has been about 
reinforcing good practice as well as raising 
awareness of improved ways of thinking  
and working.

Safety is led from the top by the Safety 
Executive team, which comprises the 
Executive Directors with support from the 
Health and Safety Manager. This team 
agrees safety policy and ensures all safety 
teams implement best safety practice at all 
our sites. The Safety Executive team 
identified three key initiatives which are 
monitored on a quarterly basis. These are:
•  Near miss reporting initiative
•  Safety training
•  Audit standards 

Low sugar drinks  
Low sugar drinks are an important  
focus for the business.

Magna Park  
Our state-of-the-art Milton Keynes facility.

Safety Performance
Our safety performance continues to 
improve with RIDDOR* reportable incidents 
down by more than half, from 10 in 2012 to 4 
in 2013, as we further embed our systems 
around the reporting and management of 
workplace safety. 

Highlights
We have:
• 

• 

Improved Health and Safety performance 
for the fifth consecutive year; 
Invested in the “We Are Barr” campaign 
of Barr behaviours for staff which are the 
values we aim to demonstrate as a 
business around being brilliant, always 
learning, being results driven and 
encouraging relationships that deliver;

RIDDOR reportable accidents

RIDDOR severity Index

Number of days lost

2009

17

23

396

2010

13

19

377

2011

9

17

288

2012

10

16

276

2013

4

10

256

*   Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations.

23

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Corporate Responsibility
Continued

LGV drivers were trained, bringing the total 
drivers trained to 219 company car drivers 
and 168 LGV drivers. Each driver was issued 
with a personal action plan to improve  
their driving standards which was  
reviewed with their manager. 

Audit Standards
Cross site audits provided an opportunity  
for our NEBOSH-certified managers to 
consolidate their learning by auditing an 
unfamiliar site. 30 audits were conducted, 
with the aim of improving understanding of 
and response to safety behaviours, unsafe 
acts and unsafe conditions. Each of the 
managers received refresher training and 
worked with the audited site to close off the 
actions raised. The exercise was a great 
success, identifying 150 safety actions,  
all of which were actioned to remove or 
mitigate the risks to our people.

Learning and Development
Our goal is to make A.G. BARR a great  
place to work, both now and in the future. 
We recognise that our people are critical  
to the future success of the company  
and we continually invest in our people  
to increase their capability to successfully 
deliver our business objectives.

We believe in creating the right environment 
for our people to develop successful careers 
at A.G. BARR:
•  Every employee has their own agreed 
Personal Learning and Development  
Plan to help them deliver their personal, 
team and business goals. 
In 2013, 583 internal and external courses 
were delivered covering over 5,400 hours 
of learning. 

• 

The Near Miss Reporting Initiative (‘NMR’) 
Launched last year, NMR aims to encourage 
our people to spot potential incidents and 
put plans in place to prevent them 
happening. This year it continues to inform 
our workplace behaviours and determines 
where to focus our attention in our safety 
training programmes. NMR was up on 2012 
from 2,858 reports to 3,469 in 2013 thanks 
to the success of our awareness raising 
campaign. Our employees recognise the 
value of reporting potential incidents and  
we will continue to use them to improve 
workplace health and safety. 

Training Safety
Supporting NMR, during 2013 we instigated 
a programme of site safety days and cross 
site safety audits, the main objectives of 
which are to continue to keep safety top  
of our agenda as well as ensuring all of 
our people are engaged and involved in  
our safety programmes and initiatives. 

Safety days were one of the main events  
in the year that helped achieve these key 
objectives. Lasting between 4 and 6 hours, 
these safety days were facilitated by our 
Safety Team across our manufacturing, 
warehousing and distribution operations  
and were attended by over 600 staff in total. 
These sessions were highly interactive to  
get the safety message across, left all with  
a clear understanding of hazard spotting 
and more significantly it ensured everyone 
understood what they can do to keep  
the risk reduction plan active. 

Vehicle safety training continues to be a  
key part of our Health and Safety agenda.  
In 2013 all 150 of our HGV drivers attended 
year 4 of their Driver Certificate of 
Professional Competence training, focusing 
on company procedures and digital 
tachograph rules. In addition the three year 
phased driver risk reduction programme, 
delivered by AA Drivetech, was completed. 
This year 105 company car drivers and 13 

We are continuing to invest  
in Learning and Development  
Our telesales team are put through their 
training paces.

Improvement continues in  
health and safety performance  
Sharing the safety message is critical,  
with a number of site safety days carried 
throughout the business.

24

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Barr Behaviours  
Our ‘Barr Behaviours’ visually  
demonstrate how we work together

Being brilliant

Always learning

Results driven

Relationships 
that deliver

For example, on 23 July 2013, our 
champions coordinated the participation of 
around 300 of our people (30% of the 
workforce) in the 20 minutes 14 seconds 
walk to mark one year until the start of the 
2014 Glasgow Commonwealth Games.  

As major sponsors of the Games we  
are working wherever possible with  
the organisers to share health and  
activity messages.

Investors in People Silver Accreditation
In 2010, A.G. BARR achieved the prestigious 
Investors in People (IIP) bronze 
accreditation. This independent standard  
is one of the key ways that we measure 
employee engagement and it highlights 
where we perform well, as well as  
identifying areas to improve. 

Across 2012 and 2013 all of our sites  
have now been re-assessed against the IIP 
standard and all have achieved Silver Status, 
demonstrating the excellent progress we 
have made with the development plans that 
were set for each site across the ‘Plan, Do, 
Review’ IIP framework. 

Case Study: 
Leadership potential 
development

In 2013, we introduced an ‘Aspiring 
Manager’ programme which is recognised 
and accredited by the Institute of  
Leadership & Management. The  
programme is aimed at employees who 
have shown an interest in moving into 
management. Delegates attend a series  
of workshops and are required to complete 
written assignments to achieve the 
qualification. The programme explores  
the basic principles of management and 
provides the delegates with an insight  
into research and best practice which  
helps them take the step from team  
member to team leader.

Mark Magunnigal (Cumbernauld  
Manufacturing) commented, “I recently 
completed the Aspiring Manager 
programme. It really made me step  
outside my comfort zone! Others have 
called the programme inspiring, informative 
and challenging, and I’d agree. Although  
it was a challenge when I did it, I am  
now able to apply what I have learned 
to help my colleagues in my new role 
as Relief Team Leader.”

Barr Behaviours
We have developed ‘Barr Behaviours’ as a 
simple framework that describes how we 
should work together in order to get things 
done in our growing business. They were 
developed by listening to our people and 
represent the best of us.

The delivery of Barr Behaviours as a 
development programme is progressing 
well, with a range of activities in place to get 
people talking about these behaviours and 
their experience of working at A.G. BARR. 
Feedback is fundamental to our ‘Always 
Learning’ behaviour and, as a key part of  
the programme, we are rolling out the use  
of 360 feedback which encourages our 
people to get feedback from their team, 
colleagues and peers. 

In 2013 our Intranet, iLearn and Performance 
Review administration have been updated to 
include our Barr Behaviours. 2014 will be a 
year of further embedding these behaviours 
into our Recruitment, Induction and 
Performance Management processes.

Healthy Staff
We have signed up to the Public Health 
Responsibility Deal led by the Department  
of Health which asks companies and 
organisations to look at practical steps  
we can take to improve the health of  
our employees.

This ties in well with the social elements of 
our CR objectives and we now have specific 
employee volunteers at each site, such as 
our Physical Activity Champions (PACs), 
who support the health agenda. They 
coordinate local activities and act as the 
point of contact for group-wide activities.

25

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Corporate Responsibility
Continued

Case Study: 
Our new manufacturing  
and logistics centre 
in Milton Keynes

Our new 265,000 sq ft manufacturing and 
logistics facility in Milton Keynes was 
completed and commissioned in 2013. 
This has a canning line which has more  
than doubled our production capacity  
in 330ml and 500ml cans. 

The building reflects the importance  
we place on addressing our impacts in  
all areas of our business. The design  
of the building is to Building Research 
Establishment Environmental Assessment 
Methodology (BREEAM) ‘excellent’ 
standard. This has involved us designing  
the building to minimise carbon emissions, 
particularly through reducing energy  
use, energy wastage and water use,  
and maximising water re-use and the  
use of low impact materials.

In our choice of location we can now 
manufacture brands such as Rubicon and 
Rockstar much closer to their geographically 
strongest sales areas, so minimising 
transport miles for the finished product.  
The site is also within easy reach of three 
can production facilities and two sugar 
refining sites. This means that we are 
reducing the transport miles for our raw 
materials as well as for our finished 
products.

“This has been the sixth time I’ve 
commissioned a production line, but the  
first time on a new site. It’s been exciting 
building a completely new team as  
well. Our utilisation for a line in its 
commissioning phase has been ahead  
of plan, and we’re improving quickly.”  
Tim Stacey, Factory Manager.

Gender Diversity
We recognise the benefits of diversity in  
our business, including the significant value 
it adds to the quality of discussion and 
decision making. The charts opposite show  
the gender split at different levels within the 
organisation, as at 26 January 2014.

Human Rights
We respect all human rights and are 
committed to conducting business in an 
honest and ethical manner. We seek to  
have a positive impact on employees, 
customers, consumers and the wider 
communities on which we impact through 
our policies and procedures, including those 
relating to employment, health and safety, 
the environment, anti-corruption, data 
protection and whistleblowing. We seek  
to engage with suppliers who adopt an 
ethical approach to human rights, working 
conditions and the environment in line  
with our own values. Our direct suppliers  
are required to adhere to our ethical  
trading policy. 

The Group monitors the effectiveness  
of all of its policies and has not been  
made aware of any incident where the 
Group’s activities have resulted in an  
abuse of human rights. 

Environment
During 2013 we have found  
opportunities in our existing operations 
to drive improvements to make A.G. BARR 
an increasingly efficient business with a 
lower environmental impact. 

Our new facility at Milton Keynes inevitably 
had an impact on our overall performance 
as it went through commissioning and 
started up operations. In building a new  
site we obviously had an impact on the 
environment. However we expect our 
normalised impacts, which are the impacts 
for each can or bottle of drink we produce, 
to reduce as it progresses towards an 
efficient operating capacity.

26

Gender Diversity: Total Employees

Gender Diversity 
Directors

Gender Diversity: Directors

262

1

740

8

Female

Male

Gender Diversity: Total Employees

Female

Male

Gender Diversity 
Senior Managers

Gender Diversity: Senior Managers

262

13

740

62

Female

Male

Gender Diversity: Total Employees

Female

Male

Gender Diversity 
Total Employees

Gender Diversity: Total Employees

262

262

740

740

Female

Male

Female

Male

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Energy Use and Carbon Emissions
The new energy monitoring systems 
installed in 2013 at our Strathmore and 
Tredegar sites meant that site teams were 
able to realise environmental benefits from 
improved energy behaviours. We have  
also further upgraded the existing system  
at Cumbernauld.

In 2013, this increased by 5.3% to 1.51 litres 
per litre of product with the introduction of a 
new site at Milton Keynes. We expect to 
improve during 2014 as additional water 
conservation initiatives are implemented 
across all sites and as the commissioning 
phase at Milton Keynes is completed. We 
are confident of meeting our 2020 target.

Our logistics sites have reduced energy 
usage by 9.6% in 2013 compared with  
2012 through a combination of efforts 
including installation of energy efficiency 
lighting in warehouses and replacement 
boilers at our facilities.

Total CO2e emissions from our facilities 
increased 4.8% on 2012, due mainly to the 
commissioning of the new facility at Milton 
Keynes. For the same reason, efficiency 
decreased 1.65% to 29.33kg per tonne of 
product produced. With the Milton Keynes 
facility now past its commissioning phase 
we are confident that we will beat our 2014 
target of 29.71kg per tonne of product.

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Green House Gas 
Emissions in tonnes CO2e 

Scope 1

Scope 2

2013 

5,552

2014

5,432

10,576

11,096

Intensity Ratio*

38.55

38.16

*   Intensity ratio is kg of CO2e per 1000 litres of product 

produced.

We have reported on all of the emission 
sources required under the Companies  
Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Reports) Regulations 2013. These sources 
fall within our consolidated financial 
statements. We do not have responsibility  
for any emission sources that are  
not included in our consolidated  
financial statements.

The methodology we have used is the  
U.K. Government’s Environmental Reporting 
Guidance (June 2013) and emissions  
factors from the 2012 Guidelines to  
Defra/DECC’s GHG Conversion  
Factors for Company Reporting.

Water Consumption and Disposal
Management of water as a resource is a key 
activity of our site teams. We are a signatory 
to the Federation House Commitment, 
which is an initiative across the food and 
drink sector to reduce water use, excluding 
water in products, by 20% by 2020. We 
calculate this as a ratio of total water used 
against water in products.

Materials Use, Recycling and Disposal
Our work in reducing the quantity of 
packaging we use has continued through 
2013 with a number of reductions achieved 
across our portfolio in the areas of preform 
weights, shrink film gauge and corrugate 
usage. In total, these projects will remove in 
excess of 35 tonnes of materials from our 
supply chain in the next 12 months.

Tredegar, Cumbernauld and Forfar all 
achieved zero waste to landfill, through a 
combination of improved product handling 
and better waste segregation on site. 
Residual waste from these sites which is 
unable to be recycled is either used as fuel 
and incinerated or dealt with by a certified 
third party waste manager. We anticipate 
Milton Keynes achieving zero waste to 
landfill status during 2014.

Transport and Logistics
We delivered 23.21 cases per litre of fuel 
across the business in 2013. This is an 
improvement on the 2012 figure at 23.00 
cases per litre of fuel. In addition to the 
completion of our driver training, we have 
continued to improve route planning to 
reduce unnecessary miles driven, and have 
continued our sales vehicle replacement 
programme, replacing a total of 17 vehicles 
(15% of fleet) across 2013 (these figures do 
not include transportation undertaken by 
third party hauliers on our behalf).

Consumers
As a business we provide a wide range  
of soft drinks for our diverse consumer  
base to enjoy and aim to develop and 
market our portfolio in a responsible 
manner. 

We offer soft drinks which satisfy the  
diverse variety of consumers and our 
product range covers ‘regular’ and low/no 
sugar carbonates, low sugar energy drinks, 
regular and low calorie still fruit drinks, low 
calorie squash, plain and flavoured water in 
addition to pure fruit juice.

Responsible Marketing
We exercise the greatest care to market  
and advertise our products responsibly.  
We fully comply with both the letter and  

the spirit of the codes of practice set out  
by the Advertising Standards Authority  
in the Broadcast Committee of Advertising 
Practice code for broadcast advertising  
and the Committee of Advertising Practice 
code for non-broadcast advertising.

Part of that commitment includes making 
sure that we do not specifically target young 
children through our marketing programmes, 
including the school environment. 

We also aim to provide consumers  
with full knowledge of our products and  
its packaging to enable them to make 
informed choices on what they are  
buying and consuming.

For our products, we are committed to  
the U.K. Government’s Responsibility Deal  
on Front of Pack Labelling F7(a), where  
we will adopt and implement the U.K. 
Government’s 2013 recommended Front  
of Pack Nutrition Labelling Scheme.

The pledge seeks to increase the  
provision of voluntary front of pack  
labelling as recommended by all four  
U.K. Governments in 2013. The scheme  
will be implemented across all of our 
brand ranges by the end of 2014.

Consistent front of pack labelling across 
food and drink helps consumers become 
familiar with its format and use it to balance 
their diet and control their energy intake.

In packaging, we also include full information 
on the recyclability of packaging materials 
and advice on how to recycle.

We are also a funding partner of ‘Every Can 
Counts’ together with Zero Waste Scotland 
and Alupro (the Aluminium Packaging 
Recycling Organisation).

Every Can Counts (‘ECC’) is an ‘on the go’ 
recycling scheme for drinks cans which 
aims to raise awareness of the benefits of 
recycling, promote behaviour change, create 
awareness of the value of cans and provide 
a method to collect and recycle them. ECC 
is also helping to drive up recycling rates 
within the workplace and help businesses 
comply with the new Waste (Scotland) 
Regulations (introduced in January 2014) 
which require all businesses to separate 
paper and card, plastic, metal and glass  
for recycling.

To find out more about Every Can Counts in 
Scotland please visit the schemes dedicated 
website www.everycancounts.co.uk/scotland. 

27

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Corporate Responsibility
Continued

Health and Reducing Sugar
In late 2012 we signed up to the U.K. 
Government’s Public Health Responsibility 
Deal Calorie Reduction Pledge, in which we 
committed to ‘reduce the average calorific 
content per 100ml of our portfolio of drinks 
by 5 per cent by 2016 (2011 as our base 
year)’, achieved through a combination of:

•  Growing sales of our low calorie, mid 
calorie, water and fruit juice products  
as a proportion of our total sales by 
investing in the sales and marketing  
of these products.

•  Focusing NPD effort on low  
and mid calorie products.

•  Reducing calorie content of our existing 
drinks range where it is possible to do so.

By the end of 2013 we had achieved 3%  
of that 5% target, through sugar reductions 
across the Barr flavours range and 
increasing sales of low and mid sugar  
level products such as Strathmore Water, 
Rubicon Light, Barr Bubblegum and  
Simply Squash.

We also launched Rockstar Zero as a sugar 
free energy drink and nationally launched 
Strathmore Twist, a sugar free flavoured 
water range in 1.5 litre PET (featuring four 
still flavours and four sparkling flavours).

As part of our Glasgow 2014 sponsorship 
we began our on pack campaign on 
Strathmore Water, inspiring and encouraging 
consumers to get up and be active with  
our ‘Do More’ campaign.

Product Quality
Our consumers trust us to provide drinks 
made to the highest standards of ingredients 
and production. We are certified to the 
ISO9001 quality standard as well as to 
Grade A status against the British Retail 
Consortium’s Global Food Standard,  
version 6. 

Within procurement, significant focus is 
placed upon risk management, in terms of 

vendor selection, and ongoing supplier 
management for all incoming raw materials 
and packaging.

The process of supplier approval involves 
assessment of a range of risk indicators, 
including geographical, financial, qualitative, 
environmental and ethical factors.

The continuous process of material risk 
assessment involves detailed upstream 
supply chain mapping, focused upon the 
identification of key risk factors within each 
primary material input. 

We also require all our suppliers to guarantee 
that our raw materials are GM free.

Community Engagement
A.G. BARR is very much about working with 
the local community and our employees 
take part in many initiatives throughout the 
year to help local groups and charities. 

We work very closely with a variety of 
charities, both at a local level through the 
A.G. BARR Site Community Fund through to 
national charities such as the Prince’s Trust 
and the British Asian Trust. We aim to make 
our engagement activities relevant both to 
our people and our consumers and at a 
variety of scales that reflect business-wide 
interests down to those of individual 
employees. 

The A.G. BARR Site Community Fund 
provides support for charities and 
community organisations near our 12 U.K. 
sites. It gives employees the opportunity  
to provide support in kind and in time  
for causes that are important to them  
as individuals. 

Glasgow Hospice is one such charity to 
benefit. We provide their shop and cafe with 
free products which the hospice can then sell 
on to visitors, with proceeds going towards 
the valuable work they do for terminally ill 
people. We also support the hospice at 
various events across the country.

Strathmore Twist  
We now offer sugar free Strathmore Twist.

28

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Case Study: 
Prince’s Trust

This year we ran a 12 week programme  
with young people from the Prince’s  
Trust to help build their confidence and  
give them experience of working in a 
business environment. 17 young people 
worked at our Cumbernauld site, 
experiencing different elements of the 
business, including customer relations 
training and meeting our creative design 
agency to discuss a specific project idea. 
The team presented their ideas to the 
agency and worked to develop a Christmas 
Hamper campaign, where they sold eight 
different types of hamper, from luxury 
Scottish products through to hampers for 
your pet. The hampers were filled largely 
through donations made to the Company. 
The team then sold the hampers to A.G. 
BARR’s staff and made £3,500 which they 
were able to reinvest in the Prince’s Trust.

This year we also supported over 30 
organisations including Hamilton Thai 
Boxing Club, Willowbrook Hospice  
Prescott, The Royal Wolverhampton 
Hospitals NHS Trust Charity, C4WS 
Homeless Project Walthamstow, Watch  
Us Grow Cumbernauld, St Luke’s  
Hospice Harrow, Make A Difference  
Milton Keynes, Willen Hospice Milton 
Keynes, Bluebellwood Children’s Hospice 
Sheffield, Amy’s House Hospice, 4th 
Darlaston Scout Group, Dunbar Colts 
Soccer School, Tredegar Orpheus Male  
Voice Choir, Royal Mencap Homes 
Foundation, Motor Neurone Disease 
Association, Thornham Cricket Club,  
St Helen’s Autism Support, Derian House 
Children’s Hospice, Lippen Care Hospice 
Whitehills Hospital Forfar, Henshaws  
Society for the Blind, Start Up Stirling  
and Garrowhill School PTA.

Education Partnerships
We formalised a third Local Partnership 
Agreement with Our Lady’s High School, 
Cumbernauld in December 2013. As with our 
other two partnerships with Lenzie Academy 
and Westfield Primary School, we will ensure 
that the programmes we deliver support  
the curriculum for excellence and remain 
relevant in developing skills and knowledge 
that the pupils can take on and use in later 
life and employment. 

These relationships are great opportunities 
for our own colleagues to add to their own 
skills and experience, very often in softer 
areas such as presentation skills which  
they can use immediately in their own  
work, as well as to help develop students. 

The Commission for Developing Scotland’s 
Young Workforce has been tasked by  
the Scottish Government with making 
recommendations to ensure Scotland 
produces better qualified, work ready and 
motivated young people with skills relevant 
to modern employment opportunities both 
as the employees and entrepreneurs of the 
future. They have challenged business and 
industry to become much more actively 
engaged in youth employment.

A.G. BARR’s work around the Food and 
Drink Challenge has been held up by  
the Commission as an example of best 
practice. The challenge provides an insight 
into the entrepreneurial skills required to 
operate a successful business programme 
by encouraging young people to take 
responsibility and ownership of the challenge. 

The Commission’s interim report says that, 
“The project demonstrates the innovative 
and creative manner in which the pupils have 
developed a business plan that places 
teamwork, decision making, assessing risk, 
literacy, numeracy, health and wellbeing, 
technologies and leadership at the very heart
of its objectives. This successful business 
project has enabled the pupils to develop 
entrepreneurial skills in a relevant, 
challenging and enjoyable manner whilst 
raising their aspirations in the wider context 
of skills for learning, life and work.” 

Westfield Primary pupils enjoy a sensory 
lesson from beverage technologist,  
Emma Di Nardo.

Case Study: 
Making food nutrition fun

Emma Di Nardo, one of our beverage 
technologists, delivered a sensory class  
to primary 7 pupils at our partnership 
school, Westfield Primary. Forming  
part of a science lesson, Emma gave  
a presentation that the pupils described  
as ‘brilliant’ on different smells and tastes. 
This was so successful that she has  
now delivered it to a number of other 
schools and will be kept busy in 2014  
with further presentations.

Going Forward in 2014
2013 has been a busy year for the business 
as we continued to embrace the principles 
of good corporate responsibility.

Environmental and social responsibility 
remains a major focus for the business,  
with the safety and development of our  
staff top of our agenda.

2014 will see us build on many of the 
achievements highlighted here, including 
striding forwards in our commitment to  
the Health Responsibility Deal Calorie 
Reduction Pledge. We will also continue  
our work with local communities and 
charities, which is vitally important to  
our staff and to the legacy of A.G. BARR.

Andrew Memmott
Supply Chain Director

29

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  IRN-BRU
IRN-BRU continued to grow –
performance in Scotland was  
in line with the overall market  
and significant growth in England 
and Wales was driven by double  
digit growth in IRN-BRU Sugar Free.

 “We deliver what we say 
 we are going to deliver.” 

  Liam Owen, Direct to Store Delivery Team 

Corporate  
Governance
A year of focus  
and clarity.

Corporate GovernanceBoard  
of Directors

1.

2.

3.

4.

1. Ronald G. Hanna 
C.A.

2. Roger A. White 
M.A. (Hons)

3. Alex B.C. Short 
B.A. (Hons), F.C.M.A.

4. Jonathan D. Kemp 
B.A. (Hons)

Ronnie was formerly Chairman 
of Troy Income and Growth Trust 
plc, Chief Executive of Bett 
Brothers plc, joint managing 
director of Cala plc, director of 
Scottish Western Trust and 
senior consultant at PA 
Management Consultants.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2003  
as a Non-Executive Director. 
Appointed Chairman in 2009.

External Appointments
Chairman of Bowleven plc  
and Director of Peatallan plc. 

Committee Membership 
Nomination Committee  
(Chair), Remuneration  
Committee.

Roger is a member of the Board 
of Management and Executive 
Council and is a past President 
of the British Soft Drinks 
Association (BSDA). Roger is 
also the BSDA representative 
with UNESDA, the European soft 
drinks trade association. 
Previously held numerous senior 
positions in food group Rank 
Hovis McDougall. Scottish PLC 
Chief Executive of the year in 
2010.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2002 as 
Managing Director. Appointed 
Chief Executive in 2004.

External Appointments 
None.

Committee Membership 
Treasury Committee.

Alex is a member and former 
Chairman of the Scottish 
Finance Directors Group. 
Previous appointments include 
Group Finance Director of 
William Grant & Sons Holdings 
Ltd, Managing Director of William 
Grant & Sons Distillers Ltd, 
Management Consultant with 
Coopers & Lybrand and various 
management positions within 
Coca Cola Schweppes 
Beverages Ltd.

Jonathan has had a successful 
career in various commercial 
roles within Proctor and Gamble.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company  
in 2003 as Commercial Director.

External Appointments 
None.

Committee Membership 
Health & Safety Committee.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company as  
Finance Director in June 2008.

External Appointments
Non-Executive Director of  
Goals Soccer Centres plc.

Committee Membership 
Health & Safety Committee 
(Chair), Treasury Committee.

32

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Corporate Governance5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

5. Andrew L. Memmott
BSc, MSc.

6. W. Robin G. Barr 
C.A.

7. Pamela Powell 
B.A., M.B.A.

8. Martin A. Griffiths
L.L.B. (Hons), C.A.

9. John R. Nicolson 
B.A. (Hons)

Andrew joined the Company 
following three years with 
Cooperative Wholesale 
Society.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company’s Project 
Engineering Team in June 
1990. Appointed Supply Chain 
Director in 2008.

Robin is a past President of the 
British Soft Drinks Association.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 1960. 
Appointed Director in 1964  
and Chairman in 1978.  
Retired as Chairman and 
appointed Non-Executive 
Director in 2009.

External Appointments 
None.

External Appointments 
None.

Committee Membership 
Environmental Committee 
(Chair), Health & Safety 
Committee.

Committee Membership 
Audit Committee,
Nomination Committee,
Remuneration Committee.

Pam was formerly Group 
Director of Strategy and 
Innovation at SABMiller plc, 
SVP Global Personal Care at 
Coty Beauty Inc, and VP 
Skincare and Global Brand 
Director Dove at Unilever plc.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2013  
as a Non-Executive Director.

External Appointments 
Non-Executive Director  
of Premier Foods plc.

Committee Membership 
Audit Committee,
Nomination Committee,
Remuneration Committee.

A Chartered Accountant, Martin 
is a former Chairman of the 
Scottish Finance Directors 
Group and a former Director of 
Troy Income & Growth Trust plc, 
Trainline Holdings Limited, 
RoadKing Infrastructure (HK) 
Limited, Citybus (HK) Limited. 
He is also a former Senior 
Independent Non-Executive 
Director of Robert Walters plc 
and was young Scottish Finance 
Director of the year in 2004.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2010  
as a Non-Executive Director. 

External Appointments 
CEO of Stagecoach Group plc, 
Co-Chairman of Virgin Rail 
Group Holdings Limited and 
Chairman of Rail Delivery 
Group Limited. 

Committee Membership 
Audit Committee (Chair), 
Nomination Committee, 
Remuneration Committee.

John’s career was spent with 
ICI, Unilever and Fosters 
Brewing Group, Scottish & 
Newcastle PLC, and latterly as 
President America for Heineken 
NV. He held various positions in 
marketing and sales before 
moving into corporate strategy 
and development and then 
general management.

Term of Office 
Joined the company in 2013 as 
a Non-Executive Director.

External Appointments 
Non-Executive Director of 
Stocks Spirits Group PLC, 
Deputy Chairman of CCU SA 
(Chile) and Non-Executive 
Director of North American 
Breweries Inc.

Committee Membership 
Audit Committee,
Nomination Committee,
Remuneration Committee 
(Chair).

33

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Report

The directors present their report and the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the 52 weeks (2013: 52 weeks) ended 
26 January 2014. 

Strategic Report
The Companies Act 2006 requires the directors to present a fair review of the business during the year to 26 January 2014 and of the 
position of the Group at the end of the financial year, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties faced. The Strategic 
Report can be found on pages 1 to 29 and is incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

Corporate governance statement
The Disclosure and Transparency Rules require certain information to be included in a corporate governance statement in the Directors’ 
Report. Information that fulfils the requirements of the corporate governance statement can be found in the Corporate Governance Report  
on pages 40 to 45 and is incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

Results and dividends 
The Group’s profit after tax for the financial year ended 26 January 2014 attributable to equity shareholders amounted to £28.179m  
(2013: £25.387m). 

The prior year profits for the Group and the Company have been restated following the introduction of the revised accounting standard  
IAS 19 Employee Benefits. The effect of the standard is detailed in note 1 to the accounts. 

An interim dividend for the current year of 2.825p (2013: 2.616p) per ordinary share was paid on 18 October 2013. 

The directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under s408 of the Companies Act 2006 and have not presented an income 
statement for the Company. The Company’s profit for the year was £17.236m (2013: £17.137m). 

Directors 
The following were directors of the Company during the financial year ended 26 January 2014: 

•  R.G. Hanna 
•  R.A. White 
•  A.B.C. Short 
•  J.D. Kemp 
•  A.L. Memmott 
•  W.R.G. Barr 
•  M.A. Griffiths 
•  J.R. Nicolson 
•  P. Powell (appointed 1 November 2013)

Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) and any relevant legislation, the directors may exercise all of the powers  
of the Company and may delegate their power and discretion to committees. 

The Articles give the directors power to appoint and remove directors. Under the terms of reference of the Nomination Committee, any 
appointment must be recommended by the Nomination Committee for approval by the Board. The Articles require directors to retire and 
submit themselves for election at the first annual general meeting following appointment and to retire no later than the third annual general 
meeting after the annual general meeting at which they were last elected or re-elected. However, in order to comply with the U.K. Corporate 
Governance Code, all directors will submit themselves for re-election at the AGM. Biographical details of the Board are set out on pages 32 
and 33 of this report. 

34

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Directors’ interests 
Information regarding the directors’ interests in ordinary shares of the Company is provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on  
page 71. No director has any other interest in any shares or loan stock of any Group company. 

Other than service contracts, no director had a material interest in any contract to which any Group company was a party during the year. 

There have been the following changes notified in the directors’ shareholdings between 26 January 2014 and 25 March 2014: A.B.C. Short 
an increase in beneficial holding of 54 shares and a decrease in non-beneficial holding of 502 shares, R.A. White an increase in beneficial 
holding of 53 shares, A.L. Memmott an increase in beneficial holding of 55 shares, J.D. Kemp an increase in beneficial holding of 55 shares 
and W.R.G. Barr an increase in beneficial holding of 54 shares. 

Directors’ third party indemnity provisions 
As at the date of this report, indemnities are in force between the Company and each of its directors under which the Company has agreed 
to indemnify each director, to the extent permitted by law, in respect of certain liabilities incurred as a result of carrying out their role as a 
director of the Company. The directors are also indemnified against the costs of defending any criminal or civil proceedings or any claim in 
relation to the Company or brought by a regulator as they are incurred provided that where the defence is unsuccessful the director must 
repay those defence costs to the Company. The Company’s total liability under each indemnity is limited to £5.0m for each event giving rise 
to a claim under that indemnity. The indemnities are qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the purposes of the Companies Act 2006. 
In addition, the Company maintained a Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance policy throughout the financial year and has renewed  
that policy. 

Research and development 
The Group undertakes research and development activities in order to develop its range of new and existing products. Expenditure during 
the year on research and development amounted to £967,000 (2013: £779,000). 

Political donations and political expenditure 
No Group company made any political donations or incurred any political expenditure in the year (2013: £nil). 

Post balance sheet events 
Relevant post balance sheet events requiring disclosure are included in note 30 to the accounts. 

Employee involvement 
The Group is committed to engaging employees at all levels regarding matters which affect them and the performance of the Group.  
This is achieved in a number of ways, including the use of regular briefing procedures, which twice yearly include a report on trading results. 
Quarterly communication and consultation meetings are held at which employee representatives’ views are taken into account when the 
Company is making decisions that are likely to affect employees’ interests. In addition to this, the Group’s intranet site provides up-to-date 
information regarding the Group’s activities. 

All qualifying employees are entitled to join the Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘SAYE’) and the All-Employee Share Ownership Plan 
(‘AESOP’). Details of these share schemes are provided below.

AESOP
The AESOP is HMRC approved and was re-approved by shareholders for a further period of 10 years at the 2012 AGM. The executive 
directors participate in both sections of the scheme, which is open to all qualifying employees. 

The partnership share element provides that for every three shares a participant purchases in the Company, up to a current maximum 
contribution of £125 per month, the Company will purchase one matching share. The matching shares purchased are held in trust in the 
name of the individual. 

35

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Directors’ Report
Continued

There are various rules as to the period of time that the shares must be held in trust but after five years the shares can be released tax free  
to the participant. 

The free share element allows participants to receive shares to the value of a common percentage of their earnings, related to the performance 
of the Group. The maximum value of the annual award is currently £3,000 and the shares awarded are held in trust for five years. 

Under the terms of this scheme, the matching shares will be forfeited if the participant leaves the employment of the Company within three 
years of the award. All partnership, matching and free shares must be removed from the trust if employment with the Company ceases. 

SAYE
The SAYE is HMRC approved and is available to all qualifying employees, including executive directors. It is based on a five year savings 
contract which provides the participant with an option to purchase shares after five years at a discounted price fixed at the time the contract 
is taken out, or earlier as provided by the scheme rules. No performance conditions require to be met by any participant in order to exercise 
their option under the SAYE. 

Employment of disabled persons 
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully considered bearing in mind the qualifications and abilities of the applicants 
concerned. In the event of employees becoming disabled every effort is made to ensure that their employment will continue. The Group’s 
policy is that the training, career development and promotion of disabled persons are, as far as possible, identical to those of other 
employees. 

Substantial shareholdings 
As at 26 January 2014, the Company had been notified under Rule 5 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules of the following interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital: 

Caledonia Investments plc 

Standard Life Investments Limited 

Finsbury Growth & Income Trust plc

This position remains the same as at 25 March 2014.

Number of 
shares

% of voting 
rights

Type 
of holding

10,431,000

8.93 

Indirect

8,081,632

4,610,070

Direct and 
indirect

Direct

6.92

3.95

Relations with shareholders 
The Company has regular discussions with and briefings for analysts, investors and institutional shareholders. The Chief Executive and 
Finance Director normally meet with major shareholders twice annually in order to develop an understanding of their views and brief the  
next Board meeting on their discussions. All directors have the opportunity to attend these meetings. At the AGM, all shareholders, including 
private investors, have an opportunity to participate in questions and answers with the Board on matters relating to the Company’s operation 
and performance.

Share capital 
As at 26 January 2014 the Company’s issued share capital comprised a single class of ordinary shares of 4 1/6 pence each. All of the 
Company’s issued ordinary shares are fully paid up and rank equally in all respects. The rights attaching to the shares are set out in the 
Articles. Note 26 to the financial statements contains details of the ordinary share capital.

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company every holder of ordinary shares present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote 
shall have one vote and, on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall have one vote for every ordinary 

36

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  share held. The Notice of AGM gives full details of deadlines for exercising voting rights in relation to resolutions to be passed at the AGM.  
All proxy votes are counted and the numbers for, against or withheld in relation to each resolution are announced at the AGM and published 
on the Company’s website after the meeting. Subject to the relevant statutory provisions and the Articles, shareholders are entitled to a 
dividend where declared and paid out of profits available for such purposes. 

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company other than: 

•  those which may from time to time be applicable under existing laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws); and 
•  pursuant to the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, whereby certain directors and employees of the Company require the 

approval of the Company to deal in the Company’s ordinary shares and are prohibited from dealing during close periods. 

At 26 January 2014 the Company had authority, pursuant to the shareholders’ resolution of 28 May 2013, to purchase up to 10% of its issued 
ordinary share capital. This authority will expire at the conclusion of the 2014 AGM. It is proposed that this authority be renewed at the 2014 
AGM, as detailed in the Notice of AGM. 

At 26 January 2014 Robert Barr Limited, as trustee of the General Employee Benefit Trust, the Savings Related Benefit Trust, the All-Employee 
Share Ownership Plan Trust and the Long Service Award Trust (the ‘RBL Trustee’), held 1.07% of the issued share capital of the Company in 
trust for the benefit of the executive directors and employees of the Group. As at 26 January 2014, Equiniti Share Plan Trustees Limited (the 
‘AESOP Trustee’) held 1.51% of the issued share capital of the Company in trust for participants in the AESOP.

A dividend waiver is in place in respect of the RBL Trustee’s holdings under the Savings Related Benefit Trust and the Long Service Award 
Trust. A dividend waiver is in place in respect of shares held by the AESOP Trustee and the RBL Trustee under the AESOP which have not 
been appropriated to participants. 

The voting rights in relation to the RBL Trustee’s shareholdings are exercised by the RBL Trustee, who may vote or abstain from voting the 
shares as it sees fit in respect of shares which are unvested or have not been appropriated to employees.

Under the rules of the AESOP, eligible employees are entitled to acquire shares in the Company. Details of the AESOP are set out above. 
AESOP shares which have been appropriated to participants are held in trust for those participants by the AESOP Trustee. Voting rights in 
respect of shares which have been appropriated to participants are exercised by the AESOP Trustee on receipt of participants’ instructions. 
If a participant does not submit an instruction to the AESOP Trustee, no vote is registered in respect of those shares. In addition, the AESOP 
Trustee does not vote any unappropriated shares held under the AESOP as surplus assets. 

The Executive Share Option Scheme (‘ESOS’) was approved by shareholders at the 2010 AGM. To date, no options have been awarded 
under the ESOS.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on  
voting rights. 

Change of control 
As disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, under certain conditions the notice period for the current executive directors may 
increase from one year to two years in the event of a takeover of or by the Company or a Company reconstruction. 

All of the Company’s share incentive plans contain provisions relating to a change of control of the Company. The Company’s banking 
facilities may, at the discretion of the lender, be repayable upon a change of control. 

Articles of association 
The Company’s Articles may only be amended by a special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. No amendments are proposed 
to be made to the existing Articles at the 2014 AGM.

37

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Directors’ Report
Continued

Greenhouse gas emissions
Disclosures regarding greenhouse gas emissions required by The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 
2013 are included in the Corporate Responsibility Report forming part of the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 29. This information is 
incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

Financial risk management 
Information on the exposure of the Group to certain financial risks and on the Group’s objectives and policies for managing each of the 
Group’s main financial risk areas is detailed in the financial risk management disclosure in note 24. 

Contracts of significance 
There were no contracts of significance as defined by Listing Rule 9.8 in existence during the financial year. 

Going concern 
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 1 to 29. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described 
in the financial review on pages 15 to 17. 

After making the appropriate enquiries, the directors have concluded that the Group will be able to meet its financial obligations and will 
continue to generate positive free cash flow for the foreseeable future and therefore have a reasonable expectation that the Company and 
the Group overall have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and, accordingly, consider it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual report and financial statements. 

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to auditor 
So far as each director is aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined by the Companies Act 2006) of which the Company’s 
auditor are unaware. Each director has taken all steps that ought to be taken by a director to make themselves aware of and to establish  
that the auditor is aware of any relevant audit information. 

Auditor 
The Audit Committee has responsibility delegated from the Board for making recommendations on the appointment, reappointment, 
removal and remuneration of the external auditor. 

KPMG Audit plc has informed the Company that it has initiated a process to streamline its two registered audit firms (KPMG Audit plc and 
KPMG LLP). As such, KPMG Audit plc has notified the Company that it is not seeking re-appointment. Consequently, the Audit Committee 
has recommended, and the Board has approved, the resolution to appoint KPMG LLP as auditor of the Company and its subsidiaries, and 
to authorise the Audit Committee to fix their remuneration, which will be proposed at the 2014 AGM.

Annual general meeting 
The Company’s AGM will be held at 9.30am on 27 May 2014 at the offices of KPMG, 191 West George Street, Glasgow, G2 2LJ. The Notice 
of the AGM is set out on pages 132 to 134 of this report. A description and explanation of the resolutions to be considered at the 2014 AGM 
is set out on pages 135 to 144 of this report.

38

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Recommendation to shareholders
The Board considers that all the resolutions to be considered at the AGM are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders  
as a whole and unanimously recommends that you vote in favour of them. 

By order of the Board 

J.A. Barr 
Company Secretary 
25 March 2014

39

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Corporate Governance Report

Chairman’s Introduction

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present our Corporate Governance Report, which describes how the main principles of the U.K. Corporate Governance 
Code have been applied during the year. Information about the Board, its members and committees, and an overview of the Company’s 
system of internal controls are included. 

With the exception of the appointment of Pamela Powell, our new non-executive director, there were no changes to the Board’s composition 
during the year. Pamela brings with her an impressive track record in brand strategy and innovation, as well as considerable sector specific 
knowledge, all of which will greatly benefit the Company. Pamela’s appointment will further strengthen the Board and help us achieve our 
aim of greater board diversity. Further details of the Board’s composition are given on pages 32 and 33.

In order to enhance the Board’s performance and effectiveness, we engaged an external consultant, Constal Limited, to conduct a formal 
board evaluation during the year. Further information regarding the evaluation is set out on page 41.

Ronald G. Hanna
Chairman
25 March 2014

The Board 
The Company is led by a strong and experienced board of directors (the ‘Board’) which brings a depth and diversity of expertise to  
the leadership of the Company. The Board has an appropriate balance of skills, experience and knowledge of the Group to enable it to 
discharge its responsibilities effectively. The Board currently has nine members, comprising four executive directors, the non-executive 
Chairman, three independent non-executive directors and one non-independent non-executive director. Biographical details of the directors 
are set out on pages 32 and 33. 

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separate and there is a clear division of responsibilities between those roles. The Chairman 
leads the Board and ensures the effective engagement and contribution of all non-executive and executive directors. The Chairman also 
ensures that Board meetings are underpinned by a culture of openness and challenge, with sufficient time made available to debate issues 
arising. The Chief Executive has responsibility for all Group businesses and acts in accordance with the authority delegated from the Board. 
The senior independent non-executive director, J.R. Nicolson, is available to shareholders if they have concerns which have not been 
resolved via the normal channels of Chairman, Chief Executive, or the other executive directors, or where communication through such 
channels would be inappropriate. 

The Board considers that M.A. Griffiths, J.R. Nicolson and P. Powell are independent for the purposes of provision B.1.1 of the U.K. 
Corporate Governance Code, issued by the Financial Reporting Council in September 2012 (the ‘Code’), and that the relationships and 
circumstances set out in that provision which may appear relevant to the determination of independence do not apply. The Board considers 
that, on appointment, the Chairman was independent for the purposes of provision A.3.1 of the Code. J.R. Nicolson fulfilled the role of senior 
independent director during the year to 26 January 2014. In addition to his role as Chairman of the Company, R.G. Hanna is chairman of 
Bowleven plc and a director of Peatallan plc. The Board does not consider that R.G. Hanna’s other commitments have any impact on his 
ability to discharge his duties as Chairman of the Company effectively. 

The Articles require directors to retire and submit themselves for election at the first annual general meeting following appointment and to 
retire no later than the third annual general meeting after the annual general meeting at which they were last elected or re-elected. However, 
in order to comply with the Code, all directors will submit themselves for re-election at the AGM. 

40

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Details of directors’ remuneration and interests in shares of the Company are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 49 to 76. 

Role of the Board 
The Board is responsible for the long term success of the Group, determines the strategic direction of the Group and reviews operating, 
financial and risk performance. There is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board, including approval of the Group’s annual 
business plan, the Group’s strategy, acquisitions, disposals and capital expenditure projects above certain thresholds, all guarantees, 
treasury policies, the financial statements, the Company’s dividend policy, transactions involving the issue or purchase of Company shares, 
borrowing powers, appointments to the Board, alterations to the memorandum and articles of association, legal actions brought by or 
against the Group above certain thresholds, and the scope of delegations to Board committees, subsidiary boards and the management 
committee. Responsibility for the development of policy and strategy and operational management is delegated to the executive directors 
and a management committee, which as at the date of this report includes the executive directors and thirteen senior managers. 

Board performance evaluation 
Every year the performance and effectiveness of the Board, its committees and individual directors is evaluated. In line with the  
Code, during the year an external consultant, Bernice Dunsmuir of Constal Limited, conducted a formal evaluation of the Board and its 
committees. Bernice Dunsmuir is an independent adviser with no other connection to the Company. The evaluation was conducted by the 
completion of detailed and comprehensive written survey questionnaires. The results of the evaluation were shared with all members of the 
Board. Overall, it was noted that the Board and its committees were operating in an effective manner and performing satisfactorily, with no 
major issues identified. 

As in previous years, the Chairman carried out a performance evaluation of each of the directors. The non-executive directors, led by the 
senior independent director, carried out a performance evaluation of the Chairman, taking into account the views of the executive directors. 
The Chairman is pleased to confirm that, following performance evaluation of the directors, all of the directors’ performances continue to  
be effective and all of the directors continue to demonstrate commitment to the role of director, including commitment of time for Board 
meetings and committee meetings and any other relevant duties. 

Independent professional advice 
Directors can obtain independent professional advice at the Company’s expense in the performance of their duties as directors. None of  
the directors obtained independent professional advice in the period under review. All directors have access to the advice and the services 
of the Company Secretary. The non-executive directors have access to senior management of the business. 

Training and development 
On appointment to the Board, directors are provided with a full, formal and tailored programme of induction, to familiarise them with the 
Group’s businesses, the risks and strategic challenges the Group faces, and the economic, competitive, legal and regulatory environment in 
which the Group operates. A programme of strategic and other reviews, together with the other training provided during the year, ensures 
that directors continually update their skills, their knowledge and familiarity with the Group’s businesses, and their awareness of sector, risk, 
regulatory, legal, financial and other developments to enable them to fulfil effectively their role on the Board and committees of the Board. 

Meetings and attendance 
Board meetings are scheduled to be held nine times each year. Between these meetings, as required, additional Board meetings (and/or 
Board committee meetings) may be held to progress the Company’s business. A part of each Board meeting is dedicated to the discussion 
of specific strategy matters. 

In advance of all Board meetings the directors are supplied with detailed and comprehensive papers covering the Group’s operating 
functions. Members of the management team attend and make presentations as appropriate at meetings of the Board. The Company 
Secretary is responsible to the Board for the timeliness and quality of information provided to it. The Chairman holds meetings with the 
non-executive directors during the year without the executive directors being present. 

41

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Corporate Governance Report
Continued

The attendance of directors at scheduled Board and committee meetings in the year to 26 January 2014 was as follows: 

Executive 

R.A. White 

A.B.C. Short*

J.D. Kemp 

A.L. Memmott

Non-executive 

R.G. Hanna

W.R.G. Barr 

M.A. Griffiths

J.R. Nicolson**

P. Powell***

Board 
Maximum 9

Audit 
Committee 
Maximum 4

Remuneration 
Committee 
Maximum 5

Nomination 
Committee
Maximum 2

9

9

9

9

9

9

7

7

1

–

4

–

–

–

4

4

4

–

–

–

–

–

5

5

5

3

–

–

–

–

–

2

2

2

2

–

  A.B.C. Short attended all of the audit committee meetings during the year by invitation.

* 
**    J.R. Nicolson was appointed to the remuneration committee on 28 May 2013 and could have attended a maximum of three remuneration committee meetings. 
***    P. Powell was appointed to the Board on 1 November 2013 and each of the Board committees on 20 January 2014. P. Powell could have attended a maximum of one Board 

meeting and no committee meetings.

During the year, the Board also convened one additional Board meeting in relation to the possible merger with Britvic plc. All of the directors 
who were entitled to attend that Board meeting attended the meeting, with the exception of J.R. Nicolson. 

Conflicts of Interest 
The Articles allow the Board to authorise potential conflicts of interest that may arise from time to time, subject to certain conditions.  
The Company has established appropriate conflicts authorisation procedures, whereby actual or potential conflicts are regularly reviewed 
and authorisations sought as appropriate. During the year, no such conflicts arose and no such authorisations were sought. 

Committees of the Board 
The terms of reference of the principal committees of the Board – Audit, Remuneration and Nomination – have been approved by the Board 
and are available on the Company’s website, www.agbarr.co.uk. 

Those terms of reference have been reviewed in the current year and are reviewed at least annually. The work carried out by the Nomination 
Committee in discharging its responsibilities is summarised below. The work carried out by the Audit Committee is described within the 
Audit Committee’s Report on pages 46 to 48. The work carried out by the Remuneration Committee is described within the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 49 to 76. 

42

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee comprises R.G. Hanna, W.R.G. Barr, M.A. Griffiths, J.R. Nicolson (appointed 28 May 2013) and P. Powell 
(appointed 20 January 2014). The Nomination Committee is chaired by R.G. Hanna. The Nomination Committee leads the process for 
making appointments to the Board and ensures that there is a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure for the appointment of new 
directors to the Board. The remit of the Nomination Committee also includes reviewing the composition of the Board through a full 
evaluation of the skills, knowledge and experience of directors and ensuring plans are in place for orderly succession for appointments  
to the Board. The Nomination Committee also makes recommendations to the Board on membership of its committees. 

The Nomination Committee is required, in accordance with its terms of reference, to meet at least once per year. The Nomination  
Committee met twice during the year and, amongst other matters, considered and recommended the appointment of P. Powell to the  
Board and its committees. In identifying a potential new non-executive director, the Nomination Committee retained the services of  
The Zygos Partnership, an external search consultant. The Zygos Partnership has no other connection with the Company other than  
the provision of these services. 

The Board recognises the importance of diversity to the success of the business and is firmly committed to giving due consideration to all 
aspects of diversity, including gender diversity. Appointments to the Board are made on merit, against objective criteria, and with due regard 
for the benefits of diversity of the Board. Whilst no formal measurable objectives have been set for female representation at Board level,  
the Board remains committed to the principles of gender diversity. 

The disclosure relating to gender diversity within the Company is included in the Corporate Responsibility Report forming part of the 
Strategic Report on page 26.

Treasury Committee 
The Treasury Committee consists of R.A. White, A.B.C. Short and senior members of the finance and purchasing departments. The Treasury 
Committee reviews purchase requirements in foreign currencies and implements strategies, including the use of foreign exchange hedges, in 
order to reduce the risk of foreign exchange exposure and provide certainty over the value of non-domestic purchases in the short to medium 
term. The Treasury Committee’s remit also includes the ability to utilise financial instruments in order to hedge the Group’s exposure to 
interest rate fluctuations. 

Internal control 
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s internal control systems and annually reviews their effectiveness, including a review of 
financial, operational, compliance and risk management controls. The implementation and maintenance of the risk management and internal 
control systems are the responsibility of the executive directors and other senior management. The systems are designed to manage rather 
than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. 

The Board has reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control systems, including controls related to financial, operational and reputational 
risks identified by the Group, in accordance with the Code for the period from 27 January 2013 to the date of approval of this annual report. 

No significant failings or weaknesses were identified during this review. Had any failings or weaknesses been identified then the Board 
would have taken the action required to remedy them. 

At the Audit Committee meeting on 16 January 2014, following a review and evaluation of the controls and systems in place, the Audit 
Committee concluded that the Group has a sound system of internal controls in place. 

The Board confirms that there is an ongoing process, embedded in the Group’s integrated internal control systems, allowing for the 
identification, evaluation and management of significant business risks, as well as a reporting process to the Board. The Board requires the 
departments within the Group to undertake at least an annual review to identify new or potentially under-managed risks. The results of these 
reviews are reported to the Board via the Audit Committee. This process has been in place throughout the year ended 26 January 2014 and 
up to the date of the approval of this annual report. 

43

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Corporate Governance Report
Continued

The three main elements of the Group’s internal control system, including risk identification, are as follows: 

The Board 
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s internal control systems and exercises this through an organisational structure with 
clearly defined levels of responsibility and authority as well as appropriate reporting procedures. 

The Board has a schedule of matters that are brought to it, or its duly authorised committees, for decision, aimed at maintaining effective 
control over strategic, financial, operational and compliance issues. 

This structure includes the Audit Committee which, with the Finance Director, reviews the effectiveness of the internal financial and 
operating control environment. 

Financial reporting 
There is a comprehensive strategic planning, budgeting and forecasting system with an annual operating plan approved by the Board. 
Monthly financial information, including trading results, cash flow statements, statement of financial position and indebtedness, is reported. 

The Board and the management committee review the business and financial performance against the prior year and against annual plans 
approved by the Board. 

Audits and reviews 
The key internal risks identified in the Group are subject to regular audits or reviews by the internal auditors. This role is fulfilled by an 
external professional services firm which is independent from the Board and the Company. 

The review of the internal auditors’ work by the Audit Committee and monitoring procedures in place ensure that the findings of the audits 
are acted upon and subsequent reviews confirm compliance with any agreed action plans. 

The Board confirms that there has been an independent internal audit function in place for the year. 

Share capital structure
The share capital structure of the Company is set out in the Directors’ Report. 

U.K. Corporate Governance Code compliance 
The Company is committed to the principles of corporate governance contained in the Code. A copy of the Code is available on the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website, www.frc.org.uk. 

Each of the provisions of the Code has been reviewed and, where necessary, steps have been taken to ensure that the Company is in 
compliance with all of those provisions as at the date of this report. 

The directors consider that the Company has complied throughout the year ended 26 January 2014 with the provisions of the Code,  
except as set out below. 

Prior to 1 November 2013, the Board comprised four executive directors, the non-executive Chairman, and two independent  
non-executive directors. In addition, W.R.G. Barr was a non-executive director during the year although he is not considered by the  
Board to be independent. P. Powell, an independent non-executive director, was appointed to the Board on 1 November 2013. Therefore, 
following P. Powell’s appointment, the Board composition was the same with the exception that there were three independent non-executive 
directors. Accordingly, during the year to 26 January 2014 the composition of the Board did not, at any time, comply with provision B.1.2 of 
the Code.

44

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  The composition of the Company’s Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee did not comply with provisions C.3.1 and D.2.1 of the 
Code at all times during the year to 26 January 2014 due to the fact that these Committees did not, at all times, comprise at least three 
independent non-executive directors. However, the composition of these committees did comply with these provisions following the 
appointments of J.R. Nicolson and P. Powell to these committees during the year. 

Provision D.1.5 of the Code recommends that executive directors’ contracts contain a maximum notice period of one year. As disclosed  
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the current executive directors’ service contracts provide for a notice period of 12 months except 
during the six months following either a takeover of or by the Company or a Company reconstruction. Under these conditions and certain 
circumstances the directors are entitled to a liquidated damages payment equal to the director’s basic salary at termination plus the value  
of all contractual benefits for a two year period. Given the size of the Company and the sector dynamics at the time the current directors 
were recruited, the Remuneration Committee considered this provision appropriate in order to attract and retain high calibre executive 
directors. As disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, this provision will continue to be honoured as a contractual commitment 
made to these directors; however this provision will not be included in service contracts with new executive directors appointed in future.

A copy of the financial statements has been placed on the Company’s website, www.agbarr.co.uk. The maintenance and integrity of this 
website is the responsibility of the directors. Legislation in the U.K. governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

By order of the Board 

J.A. Barr 
Company Secretary 
25 March 2014 

45

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Audit Committee Report

Composition
The Audit Committee comprises four non-executive directors: M.A. Griffiths, W.R.G. Barr, J.R. Nicolson and P. Powell. P. Powell  
was appointed to the Audit Committee during the year. The Audit Committee is chaired by M.A. Griffiths. The Board is satisfied that  
M.A. Griffiths has recent and relevant financial experience as required by provision C.3.1 of the Code. Biographical details relating  
to each of the committee members are shown on pages 32 and 33.

Meetings
The Audit Committee met four times during the year. The meetings are attended by the committee members and, by invitation, the Finance 
Director, the Central Financial Controller, and representatives from the external and internal auditors. The Audit Committee regularly meets 
with executive directors and management, as well as privately with the external and internal auditors. 

Role and responsibilities
The primary role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. This includes:

•  monitoring the integrity of the annual and interim financial statements and formal announcements relating to the Group’s  

financial performance;

•  reporting to the Board on the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting policies and practices;
•  reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management systems;
•  reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of the internal audit function and management’s responsiveness to any findings  

and recommendations;

•  making recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment and removal of the external auditor and approving its  

remuneration and terms of engagement; 

•  reviewing and monitoring the external auditor’s independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process;
•  reviewing the policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services; and
•  reporting to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.

Activities of the Audit Committee
During the year the Audit Committee has: 

•  reviewed and discussed with the external auditor the key accounting considerations and judgements reflected in the Group’s results  

for the six month period ended 28 July 2013;

•  reviewed and agreed the external auditor’s audit strategy memorandum in advance of its audit for the year ended 26 January 2014;
•  discussed the report received from the external auditor regarding its audit in respect of the year ended 26 January 2014, which report 

included comments on its findings on internal control and a statement on its independence and objectivity;

•  received and reviewed reports from management regarding their approach to key accounting considerations and judgements in the  

half year and full year financial statements;

•  reviewed the half year and full year financial statements;
•  reviewed the Group’s risk register and the control of the Group’s financial and business risks; 
•  discussed and agreed the nature and scope of the work to be performed by the external and internal auditors; 
•  reviewed the results of this audit work and the response of management to matters raised; 
•  reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal control (including financial, operational, compliance and risk management 

controls) and the appropriateness of the Group’s whistle-blowing procedures; 

•  reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s anti-bribery systems and controls;
•  received reports from internal audit covering various aspects of the Group’s operations, controls and processes; 
•  made a recommendation to the Board on the reappointment of the internal auditor; 
•  made recommendations to the Board on the reappointment and remuneration of the external auditor and monitored the performance  

of the auditor; 

•  monitored and reviewed the performance of the internal auditor and the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit activities; 

46

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  •  reviewed its policies on the supply of non-audit services by the external auditor and on the employment of former employees  

of the Group’s external auditor;

•  reviewed the non-audit services provided to the Group by the external auditor and monitored and assessed the independence  

of both the external and internal auditors; and

•  reviewed the performance of the Audit Committee and its terms of reference.

Significant areas
The significant matters and key accounting judgements considered by the Audit Committee during the year were:

•  the valuation of inventory: the valuation of inventory is judgemental due to the volatile nature of raw material commodity prices and,  

as the Group uses standard costing, changes in production levels can lead to purchase price variances which require to be accounted 
for correctly. The Audit Committee discussed and challenged management’s judgements in relation to inventory valuation and 
considered reports from the external auditor on this area and were satisfied that inventory valuations were reasonable;

•  the carrying value of brand support accruals: during the year the Audit Committee received and considered a report from the internal auditor 
regarding the controls operating in relation to brand support expenditure. It also received and considered reports from management on the 
level of accruals at the half year and at the year end and, in particular, on brand support accruals where settlement has not been fully and 
finally settled by the year end or which relate to prior years. The Audit Committee was content that there were no issues arising; and

•  accounting for property, plant and equipment: the Group has constructed a new facility in Milton Keynes which increases the judgement 
required in relation to assessing what expenditure should be capitalised as property, plant and equipment, in considering borrowing 
costs that should be capitalised and assessing appropriate depreciation rates and estimated useful lives of such assets. The Audit 
Committee received reports from management on the assumptions adopted in each of these areas. The Audit Committee was content 
after due challenge and debate with the assumptions and judgements applied. The lease in relation to plant and equipment at Milton 
Keynes was considered by the Audit Committee and after discussion and challenge the Audit Committee was comfortable that the  
lease be classed as an operating lease.

Other areas
Other matters considered by the Audit Committee during the year were:

•  Exceptional items: the Audit Committee considered reports received from management in relation to the classification and presentation 
of certain items as exceptional and was satisfied with the treatment and presentation of various items which arose during the year as 
exceptional, the majority of which related to the proposed Britvic merger and related Competition Commission enquiry.

•  Re-financing: the Audit Committee considered the bank facilities available to the Group and agreed that the current RBS facilities (which 
were due to expire during 2014) be replaced with a new £20m three year revolving credit facility with RBS and Barclays in March 2014.

•  Defined benefit pension scheme valuation:

 – the Audit Committee considered and was satisfied with a report received from the Group’s actuary and management on the actuarial 

assumptions used to determine the surplus or obligation in relation to the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme. The Audit Committee 
also considered the report by the external auditor who considered the key actuarial assumptions and compared these key assumptions 
to other actuarially determined benchmarks;

 – asset backed funding (‘ABF’) arrangement: the Audit Committee considered reports received from management and was satisfied 
with the proposed accounting and tax treatment of the ABF arrangement implemented during the year in relation to the Group’s 
defined benefit pension scheme. Details of the ABF arrangement are included in note 25 to the financial statements; 

 – impact of IAS 19R in relation to accounting for pensions: the Audit Committee considered reports from the Group’s actuary on the 
impact of IAS 19R and was satisfied with its treatment and the restatement of prior year financial statements in line with the new 
accounting standard. The restatement is explained in note 1 to the financial statements; and

 – error in relation to defined benefit pension scheme valuation disclosed in note 25 to the financial statements: the Audit Committee 
considered, following discussion of the error with the external auditor, the treatment of the error identified and disclosed within  
that note.

47

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Audit Committee Report
Continued

The Audit Committee receives regular presentations from members of the senior management team. During the past year,  
the Audit Committee has considered presentations on health and safety and programme management from representatives  
of the management team.

External audit
The Group’s external auditor is KPMG Audit plc. The Audit Committee reviews the external auditor’s performance, independence and 
objectivity annually. The Audit Committee ensures that procedures are in place to safeguard the external auditor’s independence and 
objectivity. The external auditor reports regularly to the Audit Committee on the actions that it has taken to comply with professional  
and regulatory requirements and current best practice in order to maintain its independence and objectivity. 

The Group has a policy in place which ensures that the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor does not impair the auditor’s 
independence or objectivity. Where fees for any non-audit project are expected to exceed £50,000, the prior approval of the chairman of the 
Audit Committee and the Finance Director is required. Where fees for non-audit projects are in aggregate expected to exceed £150,000, the 
prior approval of the Audit Committee is required. Details of the amounts paid to the external auditor during the year for audit and non-audit 
services are set out in note 3 to the financial statements. Whilst fees for non-audit services were approximately three times those for audit 
services, the Audit Committee considered the nature and level of non-audit services provided and was satisfied that the objectivity and 
independence of the external auditor were not affected by the non-audit work undertaken. A significant proportion of the non-audit fees 
during the year were for services provided in relation to the implementation of the ABF arrangement and the majority of the remainder 
related to the provision of tax advisory and compliance services. The chair of the Audit Committee discussed the level of KPMG Audit plc’s 
non-audit fees with the relevant senior statutory auditor and KPMG Audit plc confirmed that during the year there were no circumstances 
where KPMG Audit plc was engaged to provide services which might have led to a conflict of interests. 

KPMG Audit plc has acted as the Group’s external auditor since its appointment in May 2009 following a competitive tender process. There 
are no contractual obligations which restrict the Audit Committee’s choice of external auditor. The senior statutory auditor rotates every five 
years to ensure independence; an audit partner rotation therefore took place at the end of the financial year and the Audit Committee took 
steps to ensure that a new appropriately qualified and independent senior statutory auditor was identified to be responsible for the audit of 
the Group’s 2014/15 financial statements. The Audit Committee acknowledges the new requirement under the Code to tender the external 
audit contract at least every ten years. The Audit Committee carried out a review during the year and continues to be satisfied with KPMG 
Audit plc’s performance and that it remains objective and independent. KPMG Audit plc has advised that its activities are due to be wound 
down and they are not seeking re-appointment. The Audit Committee has therefore recommended to the Board that a resolution proposing 
the appointment of KPMG LLP, KPMG Audit plc’s parent entity, be put to shareholders at the 2014 AGM. 

Internal audit
At the beginning of each year, an internal control plan is developed by the internal auditor following meetings with directors and senior 
managers within the business and with reference to the significant risks contained within the Group’s risk register and identified controls. 
The Audit Committee receives updates on progress against the internal control plan throughout the year. 

Martin A. Griffiths
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
25 March 2014

48

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Directors’ Remuneration Report

Remuneration Committee – Chairman’s Statement
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration Report for the year to 26 January 2014. To reflect the requirements of the 
revised remuneration reporting regulations this report is presented in two sections: the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the Annual 
Report on Remuneration. The Directors’ Remuneration Policy sets out the forward-looking remuneration policy. It will be subject to a binding 
vote at the 2014 AGM and every three years thereafter. The Annual Report on Remuneration provides details of the amounts earned in 
respect of the year ended 26 January 2014 and how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be operated for the year commencing 27 
January 2014. This is subject to an advisory vote at the 2014 AGM.

2013/14 key decisions and pay outcomes
The Remuneration Committee remains committed to a responsible approach to executive pay. As described in the Strategic Report,  
the Group has continued to grow revenue and volume ahead of the U.K. soft drinks market, with revenue for the year to 26 January 2014  
of £254.1m, an increase of 6.9% on the prior year. Underlying pre-tax profit increased by 9.6% to £38.1m compared to the prior year. 
Consequently an annual bonus of 57.8% of salary was paid to each of the executive directors in respect of the year to 26 January 2014. 
Average EPS growth for the three years to 26 January 2014 exceeded the average EPS for the three years preceding that period (both being 
adjusted for Retail Price Index) by 15.1%. As a result, the Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) awards granted in April 2011 vested at 38.2%.

Proposed changes in executive director remuneration for 2014/15
In line with the range of salary increases across the Group, an increase of 3.2% will be made to the executive directors’ base salaries with 
effect from 1 April 2014. 

The latest LTIP (the ‘2003 LTIP’) was approved by shareholders in May 2003, amended by resolution of the shareholders in May 2009 and 
expired in May 2013. The Remuneration Committee took the opportunity to review the remuneration policy for the executive directors, 
including the LTIP. As a result the Remuneration Committee is proposing to make a number of changes to the executive director 
remuneration framework for 2014/15. These changes aim to improve the alignment of the remuneration framework with the interests of 
shareholders and our strategic sustainable growth agenda. Key features are:

•  An element of the annual bonus (20% of basic salary for the 2014/15 financial year) will be assessed against strategic measures to better 

align our reward structure with key strategic priorities and to encourage behaviours which facilitate profitable growth and the future 
development of the business. At least 80% of the bonus will be assessed against key financial performance metrics of the business (80% 
of basic salary for the 2014/15 financial year). The Remuneration Committee considers that the actual annual bonus targets are 
commercially sensitive and should therefore remain confidential to the Company. They could provide our competitors with insight into our 
business plans, expectations and our strategic actions. However, we will disclose how the bonus pay-out relates to performance against 
the targets on a retrospective basis in the Annual Report on Remuneration. For the avoidance of doubt, no changes are proposed to the 
maximum annual bonus opportunity which will remain at 100% of salary.

•  Shareholder approval for a new LTIP (the ‘2014 LTIP’) is being sought at the 2014 AGM. The purpose of the 2014 LTIP is to drive and 

reward the achievement of longer-term objectives aligned closely to shareholders’ interests. 

•  Awards granted under the 2003 LTIP have been subject to earnings per share (‘EPS’) growth targets against RPI. For awards granted 
under the 2014 LTIP in 2014/15 it is proposed that the awards will continue to be based on growth in EPS. In future years the relevant 
metrics and the respective weightings may vary based upon the Company’s strategic priorities. However it is envisaged that no less than 
50% of the award would be based on EPS growth. The Remuneration Committee aims to use measures which provide a robust and 
transparent basis on which to measure the Company’s performance and are aligned with the Company’s business strategy. Furthermore, 
the Remuneration Committee considers CPI to be a more relevant basis for measuring real EPS growth compared to RPI. The actual 
performance measures and targets for 2014 LTIP awards to be granted in 2014/15 are set out on page 67. 

•  The normal maximum annual award under the 2014 LTIP will be increased from 100% to 125% of salary. The Remuneration Committee 

considers that a normal maximum annual award of 125% is appropriate given the level of stretch in the proposed targets. 

49

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

•  The 2014 LTIP rules have been updated to ensure that they include governance provisions which have emerged since the last set of rules 

were adopted, including “clawback” provisions and those relating to the treatment of leavers. A summary of the key terms of the 
proposed 2014 LTIP rules is set out in the Notice of the AGM.
In line with best practice, the Remuneration Committee has also increased the shareholding guideline for executive directors from 100% 
to 125% of salary with effect from 2017/18.

• 

The Remuneration Committee is not proposing any changes in respect of other benefits, including pension provision. 

The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee are available on the Company’s website, www.agbarr.co.uk. 

John R. Nicolson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
25 March 2014

50

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Policy
This part of the report sets out the Company’s Directors’ remuneration policy which, subject to shareholder approval at the 2014 AGM, shall 
take binding effect from the date of that meeting. The policy for the executive directors’ has been determined by the Remuneration 
Committee. 

Executive directors
The table below describes each of the elements of the remuneration package for the executive directors.

Element

Base salary

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Core element of fixed 
remuneration, reflecting the 
size and scope of the role.

Purpose is to recruit and 
retain directors of the calibre 
required for the Company.

Usually reviewed annually.

Salary levels are determined by the Remuneration 
Committee taking into account a range of factors 
including:

role, experience and individual performance;

• 
•  pay for other employees in the Group;
•  prevailing market conditions; and
• 

external benchmarks for similar roles at 
comparable companies.

Not applicable.

Although there is no overall maximum, 
salary increases are normally reviewed 
in the context of the salary increases 
across the wider Group.

The Remuneration Committee may 
award salary increases above this level 
to take account of individual 
circumstances such as:

• 

• 

• 

increase in scope and 
responsibility;
increase to reflect the 
executive director’s 
development and 
performance in the role; 
or 
alignment to market 
level.

Benefits

Ensures the overall package 
is competitive.

Purpose is to recruit and 
retain directors of the calibre 
required for the Company.

Executive directors receive benefits in line with market 
practice, including a car allowance or provision of a 
company car, a biennial health check, life assurance and 
the ability to “buy” or “sell” holidays under the 
Company’s flexible benefits plan.

Other benefits may be provided based on individual 
circumstances. These may include, for example, 
relocation and travel allowances.

Whilst the Remuneration Committee 
has not set an absolute maximum on 
the levels of benefits executive 
directors receive, the value of the 
benefit is at a level which the 
Remuneration Committee considers 
appropriate against the market and 
provides sufficient level of benefit 
based on individual circumstances.

Not applicable.

51

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Rewards performance 
against annual targets which 
support the strategic 
direction of the Group.

Awards based on annual performance against key 
financial and/or strategic targets and/or the delivery of 
personal objectives. 

Maximum bonus opportunity is 100% 
of base salary.

Pay-out levels are determined by the Remuneration 
Committee after the year end based on performance 
against those targets.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to amend 
the bonus pay-out if, in its judgement, any formulaic 
output does not produce a fair result for either the 
executive director or the Company, taking into account 
overall business performance.

Targets are set annually reflecting the 
Company’s strategy and aligned with 
key financial, strategic and/or individual 
objectives.

Targets, whilst stretching, do not 
encourage inappropriate business risks 
to be taken.

At least 80% of the bonus is assessed 
against key financial performance 
metrics of the business and the 
balance may be based on non-financial 
strategic measures and/or individual 
performance.

Financial metrics
There is no minimum payment at 
threshold performance, 50% of the 
maximum potential for this element of 
the bonus will be paid out for on-target 
performance and all of the maximum 
potential will be paid out for maximum 
performance.

Non-financial or individual metrics
Vesting of the non-financial or 
individual metrics will apply on a scale 
between 0% and 100% based on the 
Remuneration Committee’s 
assessment of the extent to which a 
non-financial or individual performance 
metric has been met.

Element

Annual bonus

52

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Element

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
2014

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

The normal maximum award is 125% 
of annual base salary in respect of a 
financial year. Under the share plan 
rules the overall maximum opportunity 
that may be granted in respect of a 
financial year will be 200% of annual 
base salary. The normal maximum 
award limit will only be exceeded in 
exceptional circumstances involving 
the recruitment or retention of a senior 
employee. These limits do not include 
the value of shares subject to any 
tax-approved option granted as part of 
an ALTIP award.

The vesting of awards is subject to the 
satisfaction of performance targets set 
by the Remuneration Committee.

The performance measures are 
reviewed regularly to ensure they 
remain relevant but will be based on 
financial measures and/or comparative 
total shareholder return related 
measures. The relevant metrics and the 
respective weightings may vary each 
year based upon Company strategic 
priorities. For 2014/15 100% of awards 
will be based on earnings per share 
growth.

Performance measures and weightings 
for following years will be set out in the 
directors’ annual remuneration report 
for the relevant year.

For achievement of threshold 
performance 20% of the maximum 
opportunity will vest. 

There will usually be straight line 
vesting between threshold and 
maximum performance.

Where a tax-approved option is 
granted as part of an ALTIP award, the 
same performance conditions will 
apply to the tax-approved option as 
apply to the LTIP award.

Incentivises executive 
directors over the longer term 
and aligns their interests with 
those of shareholders.

The Remuneration Committee intends to make long term 
incentive awards under the new 2014 LTIP which will be 
put to shareholders for approval at the 2014 AGM.

Under the 2014 LTIP, awards of conditional shares, nil 
cost share options or other such form as has the same 
economic effect may be made with vesting dependent 
on the achievement of performance conditions set by the 
Remuneration Committee, normally over a three year 
performance period. Awards granted over shares may be 
settled in cash at the election of the Remuneration 
Committee.

As described on page 61, awards may also vest in “good 
leaver” circumstances or on the death of a participant or 
on a change of control.

The Remuneration Committee has the right to reduce 
unvested or unexercised awards and/or delay their 
vesting if there has been a material misstatement of the 
Group’s financial results or if the participant has been 
guilty of misconduct.

The Remuneration Committee may make a dividend 
equivalent payment (‘Dividend Equivalents’) to reflect 
dividends that would have been paid over the period to 
vesting on shares that vest. This payment may be in the 
form of additional shares or a cash payment equal to the 
value of those additional shares.

The Remuneration Committee may at its discretion 
structure awards as Approved Long Term Incentive Plan 
(‘ALTIP’) awards comprising both an HMRC 
tax-approved option granted under the Executive Share 
Option Scheme (‘ESOS’) and an LTIP award. ALTIP 
awards enable the participant and Company to benefit 
from HMRC tax-approved option tax treatment in 
respect of part of the award, without increasing the 
pre-tax value delivered to participants. ALTIP awards 
would be structured as a tax-approved option and a LTIP 
award, with the vesting of the LTIP award scaled back to 
take account of any gain made on exercise of the 
tax-approved option.

Other than to enable the grant of ALTIP awards, the 
Company will not grant awards to executive directors 
under the ESOS.

53

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Element

All employee 
share schemes

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

To encourage all employees 
to make a long-term 
investment in the Company’s 
shares in a tax efficient way.

Executive directors are entitled to participate in an 
HMRC tax-approved all-employee Savings Related 
Share Option Scheme (‘SAYE’) under which they make 
monthly savings over a period of three or five years linked 
to the grant of an option over the Company’s shares with 
an option price which can be at a discount of up to 20% 
of the market value of shares on grant.

Executive directors are also entitled to participate in an 
HMRC tax-approved All-Employee Share Ownership 
Plan (‘AESOP’). The executive directors participate in 
both sections of the AESOP, being the partnership and 
matching section and the free share section.

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Participation limits are those set by the 
U.K. tax authorities from time to time.

No performance conditions are 
attached to awards in line with HMRC 
practice.

54

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Element

Retirement 
benefits

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Purpose is to recruit and 
retain directors of the calibre 
required for the Company.

Provides market competitive 
post-employment benefits (or 
cash allowance equivalent).

Executive directors are eligible to participate in the A.G. 
BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme 
(the ‘Scheme’), which comprises a defined contribution 
section and a defined benefit section. The defined 
benefit section was closed to new entrants from 14 
August 2003.

Details of the entitlements accruing to the two executive 
directors who are deferred members of the defined 
benefit section are detailed in the table on page 69. The 
contributions paid to the defined contribution section in 
respect of three executive directors are disclosed on 
page 68. Details of accruals under the URBS are 
disclosed on page 70.

Executive directors may participate in the A.G. BARR 
p.l.c. Unfunded Retirement Benefit Scheme (‘URBS’) 
with the agreement of the Company. The URBS was 
established to satisfy the Company’s contractual 
obligations to provide retirement benefits for the benefit 
of the executive directors where either the annual or 
lifetime allowance has been exceeded whilst those 
individuals were members of the Scheme.

Benefits will be receivable in certain circumstances, 
including on retirement, death, change of control or 
cessation of employment in accordance with the rules of 
the URBS.

In appropriate circumstances, executive directors may 
take a salary supplement instead of contributions into a 
pension plan.

Not applicable.

R.A. White ceased his accrual under 
the defined benefit section on 5 April 
2011. The Company has set an overall 
maximum of 26% of salary as the 
Company contribution under the URBS 
in respect of R.A. White. However, 
current practice is set at 22.5% of his 
salary (as defined under the rules of the 
URBS).

The maximum combined Company 
contribution under the defined 
contribution section and the URBS in 
respect of the remaining executive 
directors is 19% of salary (as defined in 
the Scheme rules) rising to 26% 
following the executive’s 50th birthday.

The Remuneration Committee has 
discretion to vary the delivery 
mechanism for retirement benefits, 
however the exercise of this discretion 
will not exceed the above limits for the 
provision of executive directors’ 
retirement benefits.

The Company has closed the defined 
benefits section of the Scheme to new 
members but the two executive 
directors who are deferred members 
will continue to receive benefits in 
accordance with the terms of the 
Scheme, subject to separately agreed 
contractual arrangements, including 
those summarised below:

R.A. White’s deferred pension will be 
re-valued in line with RPI until his 
normal retirement date. In addition,  
R.A. White will continue to be entitled 
to receive life assurance benefits as if 
he were in pensionable service under 
the Scheme until his normal retirement 
date notwithstanding the termination  
of his employment with the Company, 
but only in circumstances where he is a 
“good leaver”, as set out in his service 
contract.

A.L. Memmott’s accrued benefits 
retain a link to his final pensionable 
salary.

55

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Chairman and non-executive directors
The table below sets out an overview of the remuneration of non-executive directors:

Purpose and link to strategy Approach of the Company

Sole element of non-executive 
director remuneration, set at a level 
that reflects market conditions and is 
sufficient to attract individuals with 
appropriate knowledge and 
expertise.

Fees are normally reviewed annually.

The remuneration of the Chairman is determined by the Remuneration Committee. Fees are set at a level which reflects the skill, knowledge and 
experience of the individual, whilst taking into account appropriate market data.

The Board is responsible for setting the fees of the other non-executive directors. Fees may include a basic fee and additional fees for further 
responsibilities (for example, chairmanship of board committees). Fees are set taking into account several factors, including the size and complexity of the 
business, appropriate market data and the expected time commitment and contribution for the role.

Non-executive directors do not participate in any of the Company’s share schemes or bonus schemes nor do they receive any pension contributions. 
Non-executive directors may be eligible to receive benefits such as the use of secretarial support, travel costs or other benefits that may be appropriate.

Actual fee levels are disclosed in the Directors’ annual remuneration report for the relevant financial year.

Explanation of performance metrics chosen and the target setting process
Performance measures are selected that are aligned to the Company’s strategy. Stretching performance targets are set each year for the 
annual bonus and long term incentive awards. When setting these performance targets, the Remuneration Committee will take into account 
a number of different reference points, which may include the Company’s business plans and strategy and the market environment. Full 
vesting will only occur for what the Remuneration Committee considers to be stretching performance. 

The annual bonus performance targets have been selected to provide an appropriate balance between incentivising directors to meet 
financial targets for the year and achieving strategic and/or personal objectives. 

The LTIP performance targets reflect the Company’s strategic objectives and therefore the financial and strategic decisions which ultimately 
determine the success of the Company. The LTIP performance measures will be based on financial measures, including (but not exclusively) 
Earnings Per Share growth, which is a key measure of the Company’s profitability, and/or comparative total shareholder return related 
measures. 

The Remuneration Committee retains the ability to adjust or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change in 
strategy, a material acquisition and/or a divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market conditions) which cause the 
Remuneration Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is required so that they achieve 
their original purpose.

Awards and options may be adjusted in the event of a variation of share capital in accordance with the scheme rules.

Policy for the remuneration of employees generally
Remuneration arrangements are determined throughout the Group based on the same principle that reward should be achieved for delivery 
of the business strategy and should be sufficient to attract and retain high calibre talent.

Under the rules of the ESOS and the 2014 LTIP, certain managers are eligible to participate in the ESOS and the 2014 LTIP; however there 
has been no such participation to date and there is no current intention to invite managers to do so. Senior managers were not eligible to 
participate in the 2003 LTIP. The annual bonus arrangements for the senior management team are similar to those for the executive directors 
in that targets are set annually dependent on financial and/or non-financial performance metrics. The key principles of the remuneration 
philosophy are applied consistently across the Group below this level, taking account of the seniority of employees. 

56

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  2003 Long Term Incentive Plan
The table below describes the legacy 2003 LTIP for the executive directors.

Element

Long Term Incentive Plan 2003

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

The maximum award is 
100% of annual base salary 
in respect of a financial year.

Incentivises executive 
directors over the longer 
term and aligns their 
interests with those of 
shareholders.

Under the 2003 LTIP awards 
of conditional shares may be 
made with vesting 
dependent on the 
achievement of performance 
conditions, normally over a 
three year performance 
period. 

Awards may vest in “good 
leaver” circumstances (as 
defined in the 2003 LTIP 
rules) or on the death of a 
participant. Awards may also 
vest on a takeover, merger or 
other corporate 
reorganisation or may be 
rolled over into shares in the 
acquiring company.

Awards may be adjusted in 
the event of a variation of 
share capital in accordance 
with the scheme rules.

Performance measures

The performance conditions are set 
by reference to the average 
earnings per share (‘EPS’) growth 
of the Company (RPI adjusted and 
excluding exceptional items and 
other significant non-recurring 
items as the Remuneration 
Committee considers appropriate).

No part of an award vests if EPS 
growth is less than 10% over the 
three year period. 20% – 99.9% of 
an award vests on a sliding scale 
where EPS growth is 10% or more 
but less than 32.5%. 100% of an 
award vests where EPS growth 
exceeds RPI growth by 32.5% or 
more.

The Remuneration Committee 
retains the discretion to adjust the 
performance targets and measures 
where it considers it appropriate to 
do so.

57

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Approach to recruitment remuneration
The policy aims to facilitate the appointment of individuals of sufficient calibre to lead the business and execute the strategy effectively for 
the benefit of shareholders. When appointing a new director, the Remuneration Committee seeks to ensure that arrangements are in the 
best interests of the Company and in line with market practice.

The Remuneration Committee will take into consideration a number of relevant factors, which may include the calibre of the individual, the 
candidate’s existing remuneration package, and the specific circumstances of the individual including the jurisdiction from which the 
candidate was recruited.

The Remuneration Committee will typically seek to align the remuneration package with the Company’s remuneration policy (as set out in 
the policy table). The maximum level of variable remuneration which may be granted (excluding buy-out awards referred to below) is 300% 
of salary (in line with this policy). Subject to this overall maximum variable remuneration, incentive awards will only be granted above the 
normal maximum annual award opportunities where the Remuneration Committee considers there to be a commercial rationale, which may 
include but is not limited to circumstances where an executive director is recruited at a time in the year when it would be inappropriate to 
provide a bonus or long-term incentive award for that year as there would not be sufficient time to assess performance. The quantum in 
respect of the months employed during the year may be transferred to the subsequent year so that reward is provided on a fair and 
appropriate basis. The Remuneration Committee will ensure that any such awards are linked to the achievement of appropriate and 
challenging performance targets and will be forfeited if performance or continued employment conditions are not achieved. The individual 
will usually move over time onto a remuneration package that is consistent with the normal maximum annual award opportunities set out in 
the policy table.

The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to include other remuneration components or awards which are outside the specific  
terms of the policy (but subject to the limit on variable remuneration) to facilitate the hiring of candidates of an appropriate calibre, where  
the Remuneration Committee believes there is a need to do so in the best interests of the Company. The Remuneration Committee would 
ensure that awards within the 300% of salary variable remuneration limit are linked to the achievement of appropriate and challenging 
performance measures. The Remuneration Committee does not intend to use this discretion to make a non-performance related incentive 
payment (for example a ‘golden hello’).

In some circumstances, the Remuneration Committee may make payments or awards to recognise or ’buy-out’ remuneration arrangements 
forfeited on leaving a previous employer. The Remuneration Committee will normally aim to do so broadly on a like-for-like basis taking into 
account a number of relevant factors regarding the forfeited arrangements which may include the form of award, any performance 
conditions attached to the awards and the time at which they would have vested. These payments or awards are excluded from the 
maximum level of variable remuneration referred to above, however the Remuneration Committee’s intention is that the value awarded would 
be no higher than the expected value of the forfeited arrangements.

Any share awards referred to in this section will be granted as far as possible under the Company’s existing share plans. If necessary, and 
subject to the limits referred to above, recruitment awards may be granted outside of these plans as currently permitted under the Listing 
Rules which allow for the grant of awards to facilitate, in exceptional circumstances, the recruitment of an executive director.

Where a position is fulfilled internally, any ongoing remuneration obligations or outstanding variable pay elements shall be allowed to 
continue according to the original terms.

Fees payable to a newly-appointed Chairman or non-executive director will be in line with the fee policy in place at the time of appointment.

58

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Illustrations of application of remuneration policy
The charts below set out an illustration of the remuneration policy for 2014/15 in line with the remuneration policy above and include base 
salary, pension, benefits and incentives. The charts provide an illustration of the proportion of total remuneration made up of each 
component of the remuneration policy and the value of each component. 

R.A. White

Total remuneration (£000)

A.B.C. Short

Total remuneration (£000)

1,499.3

1,000

1,600

1,200

800

400

0

909.5

35%

28%

37%

547.3

100%

864.7
12%

25%

63%

35%

28%

37%

Minimum 
performance

Performance 
in line with expectations

Maximum 
performance

750

500

250

0

329.0

100%

522.5
12%

25%

63%

Minimum 
performance

Performance 
in line with expectations

Maximum 
performance

Base salary, benefits and pension

Annual Bonus

LTIP

Base salary, benefits and pension

Annual Bonus

LTIP

J.D. Kemp

Total remuneration (£000)

A.L. Memmot

Total remuneration (£000)

800

600

400

200

0

286.0

100%

452.4
12%

25%

63%

785.3

35%

28%

37%

Minimum 
performance

Performance 
in line with expectations

Maximum 
performance

800

600

400

200

0

257.2

100%

405.4
12%

25%

63%

701.8

35%

28%

37%

Minimum 
performance

Performance 
in line with expectations

Maximum 
performance

Base salary, benefits and pension

Annual Bonus

LTIP

Base salary, benefits and pension

Annual Bonus

LTIP

59

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Three scenarios have been illustrated for each executive director:

Fixed pay

Annual Bonus

LTIP

Minimum performance

Fixed elements of remuneration – base salary, 
benefits and pension only.

No bonus.

No LTIP vesting.

Performance in line with expectations

Maximum performance

Base salary is the latest known salary  
(i.e. the salary effective from 1 April 2014)  
and the value for benefits has been  
calculated as per the single figure  
table on page 63.

50% of salary awarded for achieving target 
performance.

20% of maximum award vesting (i.e. 25% of 
salary for achieving target performance).

100% of salary awarded for achieving 
maximum performance. 

100% of maximum award vesting (i.e. 125% of 
salary for achieving maximum performance).

LTIP awards are included in the scenarios above at face value with no share price movement included. 

Service contracts
Executive directors’ contracts are on a rolling basis and may be terminated on 12 months’ notice by the Company or on 6 months’ notice by 
the executive. Service contracts for new directors will generally be limited to 12 months’ notice by the Company. 

The service contract for each of the existing executive directors provides for a notice period of 12 months except during the six months 
following either a takeover of or by the Company or a Company reconstruction. Under these conditions and certain circumstances the 
directors are entitled to a liquidated damages payment equal to the director’s basic salary at termination plus the value of all contractual 
benefits for a two year period. In the event this liquidated damages payment is triggered, the director will also be deemed to be a “good 
leaver” for the purposes of the Company’s share schemes. Given the size of the Company and the sector dynamics at the time the existing 
directors were recruited, the Remuneration Committee considered this provision appropriate in order to attract and retain high calibre 
executive directors. The Remuneration Committee is cognisant of the fact that these provisions do not reflect best practice. It has therefore 
considered the alternatives available to exit these contractual arrangements, including contractual buy-out. However, the Remuneration 
Committee concluded that it was not feasible to place a value on these rights, in order to remove them from the contracts, which would be 
acceptable to both parties. It therefore determined that the most appropriate approach would be to maintain the legacy provisions, however 
for all future appointments these provisions would not apply. 

Non-executive directors are appointed for an initial period of three years, subject to annual re-election by shareholders in accordance with 
the Code. Their appointments are terminable by either the Company or the directors themselves upon three months notice without 
compensation.

60

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Payments for loss of office
The principles on which the determination of payments for loss of office will be approached are set out below:

Policy

Payment in lieu of notice

Payments to executive directors upon termination of their service contracts will be equal to 12 months base salary or the highest annual rate earned by the 
executive during the preceding three years, whichever is higher (plus benefits in kind and pension contributions at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee). 

Annual Bonus

This will be at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee on an individual basis and the decision as to whether or not to award a bonus in full or in part 
will be dependent upon a number of factors, including the circumstances of the individual’s departure and their contribution to the business during the 
bonus period in question. Any bonus amounts paid will typically be pro-rated for time in service to termination and will, subject to performance, be paid at 
the usual time.

2014 LTIP

The extent to which any award under the 2014 LTIP will vest would be determined based on the leaver provisions contained within the 2014 LTIP rules. The 
Remuneration Committee shall determine when awards vest in accordance with those provisions. 

Awards will normally lapse if the participant leaves employment before vesting. However, awards may vest in “good leaver” circumstances, including 
death, disability, ill-health, injury, sale of the participant’s employer, or any other reason determined by the Remuneration Committee. Any “good leaver” 
awards will vest at the date of cessation of employment unless the Remuneration Committee decides they should vest at the normal vesting date. In either 
case, the extent to which an award vests will be determined by the Remuneration Committee taking into account the extent to which the performance 
conditions have been satisfied and, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, the period of time that has elapsed from the date of grant 
to the date of cessation of employment. The Remuneration Committee may vest the award on any other basis if it believes there are exceptional 
circumstances which warrant that.

Options are exercisable for six months from leaving employment or six months from the normal vesting date as appropriate.

Change of control

Awards under the 2014 LTIP will generally vest early on a takeover, merger or other corporate reorganisation. The Remuneration Committee will determine 
the level of vesting taking account of performance conditions and, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, pro-rating for time, where 
applicable. Alternatively, participants may be allowed or required to exchange their awards for awards over shares in the acquiring company.

Awards under all employee share schemes will be expected to vest on a change of control and those which have to meet specific requirements to benefit 
from permitted tax benefits will vest in accordance with those requirements.

Mitigation

The executive directors’ service contracts do not provide for any reduction in payments for mitigation or for early payment. 

Other payments

Payments may be made under the Company’s all employee share plans which are governed by HMRC tax-approved plan rules and which cover certain 
leaver provisions. There is no discretionary treatment of leavers under these plans. In appropriate circumstances, payments may also be made in respect 
of accrued holiday, outplacement and legal fees. 

Where a buy-out award is made under the Listing Rules then the leaver provisions would be determined at the time of the award.

The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make additional exit payments where such payments are made in good faith in discharge 
of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim 
arising in connection with the termination of a director’s office or employment. In doing so, the Remuneration Committee will recognise and 
balance the interests of shareholders and the departing executive director, as well as the interests of the remaining directors. 

Where the Remuneration Committee retains discretion it will be used to provide flexibility in certain situations, taking into account the 
particular circumstances of the director’s departure and performance.

61

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Company
The Remuneration Committee generally considers pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Company when considering the 
executive directors’ remuneration. When considering base salary increases, the Remuneration Committee reviews overall levels of base pay 
increases offered to other employees. Employees are not actively consulted on directors’ remuneration. The Company has regular contact 
with union bodies on matters of pay and remuneration for employees covered by collective bargaining or consultation arrangements. 

Existing contractual arrangements
The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office outside the policy in 
this report:

•  where the terms of the payment were agreed before the policy came into effect;
•  where the terms of the payment were agreed at a time when the relevant individual was not a director of the Company and, in the opinion 

of the Remuneration Committee, the payment was not in consideration of the individual becoming a director of the Company; or

•  to satisfy contractual commitments under legacy remuneration arrangements. 

For these purposes, the term “payments” includes the satisfaction of awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over 
shares, the terms of the payment are agreed at the time the award is granted. For the avoidance of doubt, the Remuneration Committee’s 
discretion includes discretion to determine matters in accordance with the rules of the 2003 LTIP, including the extent to which awards under 
that plan may vest on the fulfilment of performance conditions, in the event of the voluntary winding up of the Company, on a change of 
control, on the death of a participant, and in “good leaver” circumstances. 

The Remuneration Committee may make minor changes to this policy which do not have a material advantage to directors, to aid in its 
operation or implementation, taking into account the interests of shareholders but without the need to seek shareholder approval. 

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Remuneration Committee is committed to an ongoing dialogue with shareholders and welcomes feedback on executive and non-
executive directors’ remuneration.

Prior to the new LTIP being formally put to shareholders, the Remuneration Committee has engaged with major shareholders and 
institutional investor bodies setting out the proposals and the detailed thinking and planning behind them.

62

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Annual report on remuneration
The following parts of the Remuneration Report are subject to audit, other than the elements explaining the application of the remuneration 
policy for 2014/15.

Single figure table – audited information
The aggregate remuneration provided to directors who have served as directors in the year ended 26 January 2014 is set out below, along 
with the aggregate remuneration provided to such directors for the financial year ended 26 January 2013.

Year ended 26 January 2014

Director

Executive

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Non-executive

R.G. Hanna

W.R.G. Barr

M.A. Griffiths

J.R. Nicolson

P. Powell*

Year ended 26 January 2013

Director

Executive

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Non-executive

R.G. Hanna

W.R.G. Barr

J. Warburton

M.A. Griffiths

J.R. Nicolson

Salary/fees
£000

Benefits
£000

Bonus
£000

Long term 
incentives
£000

Pension
£000

Total 
remuneration
£000

406

248

213

190

123

41

45

45

10

29

22

22

22

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

237

144

124

111

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

182

114

102

92

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

132

48

40

52

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

986

576

501

467

123

41

45

45

10

Salary/fees
£000

Benefits
£000

Bonus
£000

Long term 
incentives
£000

Pension
£000

Total 
remuneration
£000

380

233

204

183

119

42

28

42

3

34

22

22

29

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

193

118

103

92

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

392

245

221

192

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

87

44

37

35

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

1,086

662

587

531

119

42

28

42

3

* P. Powell was appointed as a non-executive director on 1 November 2013.

In the previously disclosed figures for the year to 26 January 2013, the figures included a LTIP cash bonus paid in that year, totalling 
£1,365,000 for the four executive directors. The payment was in compensation for the wavier by them of LTIP awards made to them during 
2009 which were due to vest on 6 October 2012 but related to the year ended 27 January 2012. As the comparative figures in the above 
table contain only the figures that relate to the performance in relation to the year ended 26 January 2013 these figures have not been 
included in the above table.  

63

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

The figures in the single figure table above are derived from the following:

(a) Salary & Fees

The amount of salary/fees received in the year. A salary sacrifice arrangement is operated by the Company. Employees who join this arrangement no longer pay 
contributions to the pension schemes but receive a lower taxable salary. Directors’ salaries are shown gross of salary sacrifice pension contributions. 

(b) Benefits

The value of benefits received in the year. These include car allowance, fuel benefit, the value of SAYE options vesting in the year, and AESOP free and matching 
shares awarded in the year.

SAYE: option shares are valued at the market price of the option shares at the date of vesting less the option exercise price.

AESOP: free and matching shares are valued at market value at the date of award.

Details of the executive directors’ interests in the SAYE are set out on page 75.

(c) Bonus

A description of the annual bonus in respect of the year and Group performance against which the bonus pay-out was determined is provided on page 65.

(d) Long term incentives

The value of LTIP awards that vest in respect of the year. 

LTIP: the shares which will vest in respect of the year have been valued based on the market value of the shares at 26 January 2014. The value of the shares which 
vested in respect of the prior year was the market value of the shares on the vesting date.

Details of the executive directors’ interests in the LTIP are set out on page 75.

(e) Pension

The pension figure includes:
• 

for individuals in the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (the “Scheme”) defined contribution section, the Company’s contributions 
to the defined contribution section, excluding any pension contributions made in respect of an individual under the Company’s salary sacrifice arrangement;
for individuals in the Scheme’s defined benefit section, the additional value achieved in the year calculated using the HMRC method (using a multiplier of 20); 
and
the value of the accrued liability for the year in respect of the Company’s contribution for each director participating in the URBS.

• 

• 

Further details of pension benefits are set out on pages 68 to 70.

Individual elements of remuneration
Base salary and fees
Details of base salaries for individual executive directors for the year ended 26 January 2014 and for the following year are set out in the table 
below:

Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Base salary for year to  
26 January 2014
£000

Base salary for year to  
25 January 2015
£000

406

248

213

190

421

257

221

197

Increase
%

3.7

3.7

3.4

3.3

An increase of 3.2% will be made to the executive directors’ salaries with effect from 1 April 2014.

64

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Details of non-executive directors’ fees for the year ended 26 January 2014 and for the following year are set out in the table below:

Non-executive director fee

Basic fee

Chairmanship of the audit committee

Chairmanship of the remuneration committee

Senior independent director

Benefits – audited information
The benefits figure for each of the executive directors is detailed as follows:

Year ended 26 January 2014 

Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Year ended 26 January 2013

Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Car and fuel benefit
£000

26

19

19

19

Car and fuel benefit
£000

26

19

19

21

Year to 26 January 2014
£000

Year to 25 January 2015
£000

41

5

5

–

SAYE
£000

0

0

0

0

SAYE
£000

5

0

0

5

44

8

8

2

AESOP awards
£000

3

3

3

3

AESOP awards
£000

3

3

3

3

Increase
%

5.4

80.0

80.0

–

Total
£000

29

22

22

22

Total
£000

34

22

22

29

The value of the AESOP awards are the sum of the AESOP free and matching shares awarded to the directors in the year. 

Annual bonus
The maximum annual bonus award opportunity for each executive director in respect of the year to 26 January 2014 was 100% of salary. 
Payments are based on the year on year increase in profit before tax, excluding exceptional items. Executive directors received a total of 
£616k as annual bonus for the year, representing 57.8% of each director’s salary, for delivering above target performance of £38,095k profit 
before tax. 

Performance target

Actual performance

Maximum

Actual percentage of bonus

Adjusted profit before tax growth

2.5% to 20%

9.6%

100%

57.8%

65

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Annual bonus for 2014/15
For the 2014/15 financial year, an element of the annual bonus (20% of basic salary) will be assessed against strategic measures to better 
align our reward structure with key strategic priorities and to encourage behaviours which facilitate profitable growth and the future 
development of the business. The remainder of the annual bonus will continue to be assessed against Group profit before tax. Performance 
targets will continue to be set at the challenging levels of previous years. 50% of the annual bonus will be earned for on-target performance. 
The actual performance targets are not disclosed as they are considered to be commercially sensitive at this time. The targets will be 
disclosed in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report or at such point that the Remuneration Committee considers that the performance 
targets are no longer commercially sensitive. No changes are proposed to the maximum annual bonus opportunity which will remain at 
100% of salary.

Long term incentives – audited information
Awards vesting in respect of the financial period
LTIP awards granted in April 2011 were subject to the achievement of an average EPS growth performance condition over a three year 
period ending 26 January 2014. Awards vest if the average EPS for the three years running up to and including the year of calculation 
exceeds the average EPS of the three years preceding that period, both being adjusted for Retail Price Index (“RPI”), by 10% or more. EPS is 
calculated on the basis of profit before tax, adjusted to exclude exceptional items and other significant non-recurring items as the 
Remuneration Committee considers appropriate. No part of an award vests if EPS growth is less than 10% above RPI over the three year 
period. 20% – 99.9% of an award vests on a sliding scale where EPS growth exceeds RPI by 10% or more but by less than 32.5%. 100% of 
an award vests where EPS growth exceeds RPI by 32.5% or more. The maximum value of any award of shares is 100% of basic salary. 

Details of LTIP awards vesting in respect of the financial period are set out below: 

Year ended 26 January 2014

Executive Director

Total shares
Number

Award rate
%

Shares awarded
Number

Share price at 26 January 
2014
£

38.2%

38.2%

38.2%

38.2%

30,039

18,775

16,896

15,134

6.05

6.05

6.05

6.05

LTIP value
£000

182

114

102

92

Award rate
%

Shares awarded
Number

Share price at award date
£

LTIP value
£

68.5%

68.5%

68.5%

68.5%

71,737

44,835

40,351

35,121

5.47

5.47

5.47

5.47

392

245

221

192

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Year ended 26 January 2013

Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

78,705

49,191

44,271

39,654

Total shares
Number

104,685

65,427

58,884

51,252

66

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Awards granted during the financial period 
In respect of the year ended 26 January 2014 the following LTIP awards were granted:

Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Percentage of 
salary

Type of award

% Number of shares

Share award

Share award

Share award

Share award

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

75,645

46,125

39,667

35,332

Face value at 
grant
£000

% of award 
vesting at 
threshold
%

Performance 
period
Years

410

250

215

191

20.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

3

3

3

3

The performance condition for these LTIP awards is as described above for LTIP awards granted in April 2011. The salary used in the 
calculation of the award is the individual director’s salary at 1 April 2013. 

Long term incentives 2014/15
The current LTIP (the “2003 LTIP”) was approved by shareholders in May 2003 and expired in May 2013. The Remuneration Committee took 
the opportunity to review the remuneration policy for the executive directors, including the LTIP. After engagement with major shareholders, 
shareholder approval for a new LTIP (the “2014 LTIP”) is being sought at the AGM. 

The Remuneration Committee is keen to ensure that the 2014 LTIP uses appropriate measures consistent with the Company’s strategic 
objectives, including the long term delivery of sustainable growth. The Remuneration Committee has therefore concluded that EPS growth 
should continue to be used as the performance measure for the 2014 LTIP.

The detailed performance metrics proposed are as follows:

% linked to award

Threshold vesting at 20% of 
the maximum award

Maximum vesting at 100% 
of the maximum award

EPS growth

100%

10%

32.5%

There will be straight-line vesting between the points and no reward below threshold performance. 

•  EPS – this is a key measure of the Company’s profitability. Awards would vest if the average EPS for the three years running up to and 
including the year of calculation exceeds the average EPS of the three years preceding that period, both being adjusted for CPI, by at 
least 10%. EPS is calculated on the basis of profit after tax, adjusted to exclude exceptional items and other significant non-recurring 
items as the Remuneration Committee considers appropriate. No part of an award would vest if EPS growth is less than 10% above CPI 
over the three year period. 20%-99.9% of an award would vest on a sliding scale where EPS growth exceeds CPI by 10% or more but by 
less than 32.5%. 100% of an award would vest where EPS growth exceeds CPI by 32.5% or more.

The normal maximum annual award under the 2014 LTIP will be increased from 100% to 125% of salary. The Remuneration Committee 
considers that a normal maximum annual award of 125% is appropriate given the level of stretch in the proposed targets. The Remuneration 
Committee proposes that the current vesting schedule is maintained so that the amount that will vest at threshold is 20% of the maximum 
award. 

The Remuneration Committee is also conscious that the 2003 LTIP rules did not reflect best practice in terms of governance and 
administration of incentive awards. The 2014 LTIP therefore includes updated provisions to reflect current best practice. A summary of the 
key terms of the proposed 2014 LTIP rules is set out in the Notice of the AGM. 

67

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

Total pension entitlements – audited information
Executive directors are all members of the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (the ‘Scheme’). The Scheme has 
a defined benefit section and a defined contribution section. The defined benefit section was closed to new entrants from 14 August 2003. 
R.A. White and A.L. Memmott are members of the defined benefit section.

Company contributions (which exclude any pension contributions made in respect of an individual under the Company’s salary sacrifice 
arrangement) are detailed in the following table:

Year to 26 January 2014

Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Year to 26 January 2013

Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Defined benefit
£000

Defined contribution
£000

URBS
£000

Investment return on URBS
£000

13

N/a

N/a

16

0

35

37

35

91

12

3

1

28

1

0

0

Defined benefit
£000

Defined contribution
£000

URBS
£000

Investment return on URBS
£000

0

N/a

N/a

0

0

36

36

35

85

8

1

0

2

0

0

0

Total
£000

132

48

40

52

Total
£000

87

44

37

35

The URBS is the A.G. BARR p.l.c. Unfunded Retirement Benefit Scheme for executive directors. Please see below for further details.

The defined benefit entitlement for R.A. White and A.L. Memmott for the year to 26 January 2013 has been reported as nil. 

For R.A. White, the increase in the accrued pension for the year to 26 January 2013 (net of CPI inflation) was calculated by comparing the 
accrued pension at 26 January 2013 of £64,704 with accrued pension at 28 January 2012 of £64,035 increased in line with CPI over the 
period from September 2010 to September 2011 (5.22%). The increase is shown as nil because the actual increase in his pension over the 
year of 2.65% is less than the inflationary increase of 5.22% for the same period.

For A.L. Memmott, the increase in the accrued pension for the year to 26 January 2013 (net of CPI inflation) was calculated by comparing the 
accrued pension at 26 January 2013 of £40,899 with accrued pension at 28 January 2012 of £39,244 increased in line with CPI over the 
period from September 2010 to September 2011 (5.22%). The increase is shown as nil because the actual increase in his pension over the 
year of 2.65% is less than the inflationary increase of 5.22% for the same period. 

68

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Details of the entitlements accruing to the two directors who are deferred members of the defined benefit section are detailed in the table 
below:

R.A. White

A.L. Memmott

Accrued pension at  
26 January 2014
£000

Change in accrued pension 
over 2013/14 excluding 
increase for inflation
£000

Normal Retirement Age

67

43

13

16

63*

63*

*  The normal retirement age specified in the Scheme rules for R.A. White and A.L. Memmott is age 63, however both are also entitled under the Scheme rules to retire at age 60 

without an actuarial reduction to their pension benefits and without any consent required. 

Early retirement can be taken at age 55 subject to Trustee consent. The accrued pension would be reduced relative to age 60 to take 
account of its early payment. 

R.A. White ceased his accrual under the defined benefit plan on 5 April 2011; his deferred pension will be re-valued in line with RPI until his 
normal retirement date. In addition, R.A. White will continue to be entitled to receive life assurance benefits as if he were in pensionable 
service under the Scheme until his normal retirement date notwithstanding the termination of his employment with the Company, but only in 
circumstances where he is a “good leaver”. A.L. Memmott ceased his accrual under the defined benefit plan on 1 March 2008. His accrued 
benefits retain a link to his final pensionable salary. 

Dependants of the executive directors are eligible for dependants’ pensions and the payment of a lump sum in the event of death in service. 
Where the Scheme provides a pension on a defined benefit basis, final pensionable salary is used to determine the director’s pension 
entitlement. Where benefits are provided on a defined contribution basis, the benefits depend on the director’s accumulated fund. Lump 
sum life assurance cover is provided at four times pensionable salary. 

The Company paid contributions to the defined contribution section of the Scheme during the year in respect of J.D. Kemp, A.L. Memmott 
and A.B.C. Short. These are shown in the Defined Contribution column in the Total Pension entitlements table above. 

During the year to 26 January 2014, all four executive directors participated in the A.G. BARR p.l.c. Unfunded Retirement Benefit Scheme 
(‘URBS’) with the agreement of the Company. The URBS was approved by the Remuneration Committee and is an unfunded employer 
financed retirement benefits scheme. It was established to satisfy the Company’s contractual obligations to provide retirement benefits for 
the benefit of the executive directors. 

The overall maximum Company contribution under the URBS in respect of R.A. White is 26% of his salary (as defined under the rules of the 
URBS). The current Company contribution under the URBS in respect of R.A. White is 22.5% of his salary. The URBS figure for the directors 
represents a Company contribution only. 

The maximum combined Company contribution under the defined contribution section of the Scheme and the URBS in respect of the 
remaining executive directors is 19% of salary (as defined in the Scheme rules) rising to 26% following the executive’s 50th birthday. 

69

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

An accrued liability of £398,776 (2013: £226,133) is included in the closing balance sheet for the URBS. The liability has been accrued in 
respect of the directors as follows:

Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Total URBS liability

Accrual at 26 January 2014
£

Accrual at 26 January 2013
£

367,846

25,584

4,612

734

398,776

212,758

12,226

1,149

0

226,133

Payments to past directors
There were no payments made to past directors during the year in respect of services provided to the Company as a director. 

Payments for loss of office 
There were no loss of office payments made during the year.

Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests – audited information
In order to further align the executive directors’ long term interests with those of shareholders, the Remuneration Committee has introduced 
new share ownership guidelines applicable from 2017/18. The guidelines require that, with effect from 2017/18, when the first awards to be 
granted under the 2014 LTIP are due to vest, executive directors retain all shares acquired under Company sponsored share plans and retain 
up to half of any bonus pay-out after tax to purchase shares in the Company until the value of their shareholding is equal to 125% of gross 
basic salary. Until this shareholding is acquired, the executive directors may not, without Remuneration Committee approval, sell shares 
other than to finance any tax liabilities arising from the vesting of LTIP awards. Prior to 2017/18, executive directors will be required to retain 
all shares acquired under Company sponsored share plans until the value of their shareholding is equal to 100% of gross basic salary. At the 
year end, R.A. White, A.B.C. Short, J.D. Kemp and A.L. Memmott met the 100% of gross basic salary requirement applicable for the year to 
26 January 2014.

70

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  The interests of each executive director of the Company as at 26 January 2014 (including those held by their connected persons) were:

Director

Type

Executive

R.A. White

Shares

LTIP shares

SAYE options

AESOP free shares

AESOP matching shares

A.B.C. Short

Shares

LTIP shares

SAYE options

AESOP free shares

AESOP matching shares

Shares – non-beneficial holding*

J.D. Kemp

Shares

LTIP shares

SAYE options

AESOP free shares

AESOP matching shares

A.L. Memmott

Shares

LTIP shares

SAYE options

AESOP free shares

AESOP matching shares

Non-executive

R.G. Hanna

W.R.G. Barr

Shares

Shares

Shares – non-beneficial holding**

M.A. Griffiths

J.R. Nicolson

P. Powell

Shares

Shares

Shares

Owned outright

Exercised during 
the year

Subject to 
performance 
conditions

Not subject to 
performance 
conditions

Total as at  
26 January 2014

Unvested

350,023

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

52,265

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

136,076

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

84,161

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

150,000

12,461,385

N/a

5,400

0

0

N/a

71,737

N/a

596

93

N/a

N/a

252,522

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

44,835

155,289

N/a

596

93

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

40,351

136,270

N/a

596

93

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

35,121

121,843

N/a

596

93

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

5,202

N/a

357

N/a

N/a

4,612

N/a

365

N/a

N/a

N/a

5,566

N/a

357

N/a

N/a

5,202

N/a

360

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

350,023

252,522

5,202

N/a

357

52,265

155,289

4,612

596

365

1,250,137

136,076

136,270

5,566

N/a

357

84,161

121,843

5,202

N/a

360

150,000

12,461,385

10,128,708

5,400

0

0

*   A.B.C. Short’s non-beneficial shareholding represents his position as director of Robert Barr Ltd, the trustee of various employee benefit trusts. 
**  W.R.G. Barr’s non-beneficial shareholding represents his position as trustee of various family and charitable trusts.

The “Owned outright” shares set out in the table above are the shares owned outright by the directors. These include any AESOP free 
shares awarded during the year and any shares awarded during the year following vesting under the LTIP. 

The number of AESOP free and matching shares awarded and shares vesting under the LTIP in the year are included in the “Exercised 
during the year” column. 

71

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

The following sections of the Remuneration Report are not subject to audit. 

Performance graph and table
The graph below shows the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance against the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts over 
the past five years. In the opinion of the Board, the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts is the most appropriate index against which the 
TSR of the Company should be measured because it represents a broad equity market index of which the Company is a constituent 
member.

n
r
u
t
e
R

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

l

a
t
o
T

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

A.G. Barr

FTSE 250 Ex. Investment Trusts

Year to January

CEO remuneration for previous five years – audited information
The table below shows details of the total remuneration, annual bonus and LTIP paid out for R.A. White over the last five financial years.

Total remuneration
£000

Annual bonus as a % of 
maximum opportunity
%

LTIP as a % of maximum 
opportunity
%

986

1,086

1,070

1,204

951

57.8%

50.0%

46.0%

75.0%

73.4%

38.2%

68.5%

99.3%

92.9%

45.0%

Year ended 26 January 2014

Year ended 26 January 2013

Year ended 28 January 2012

Year ended 29 January 2011

Year ended 30 January 2010

72

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
Percentage change in CEO remuneration
The table below sets out, in relation to salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus, the increase between the pay for the year ended 26 
January 2013 and the pay for the year ended 26 January 2014 for R.A. White compared to the wider workforce, calculated on a per capita 
basis. For these purposes, the wider workforce includes all Group employees but excludes non-executive directors. 

Percentage change

Salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

CEO Wider workforce (per capita)

6.8%

(14.7%)

22.9%

4.1%

8.3%

12.9%

The reduction in benefits for the CEO reflects the vesting of shares under the SAYE share scheme in the year to 26 January 2013. 

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in dividends and the overall expenditure on pay (as a whole across the organisation).

Dividends

Overall expenditure on pay

*  Dividends payable in respect of the year ended 26 January 2013.
**  Dividends payable in respect of the year ended 26 January 2014.

Year ended 26 January 2013
£000

Year ended 26 January 2014
£000

11,700*

36,377

12,839**

38,580

% change

10%

6%

Consideration by the directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration
The following directors were members of the Remuneration Committee during the year: J.R. Nicolson (Chairman, appointed 28 May 2013), 
R.G. Hanna, M.A. Griffiths, W.R.G. Barr and P. Powell (appointed 20 January 2014).

The Remuneration Committee meets at least twice a year and is responsible for determining, within agreed terms of reference, all aspects of 
the remuneration of the executive directors and such other members of senior management as it is designated to consider. The 
Remuneration Committee reviews the remuneration trends, pay levels and employment conditions across the Group. The Remuneration 
Committee is also responsible for recommending the remuneration of the Chairman to the board. 

During the year, the Remuneration Committee received advice from R.A. White (CEO) in respect of the remuneration of the other executive 
directors, who was not in attendance when his own remuneration was being discussed. The Remuneration Committee received assistance 
from J.A. Barr (Company Secretary), who acts as secretary to the Committee, and from other members of management, who may attend 
meetings by invitation, except when matters relating to their own remuneration are being discussed. 

73

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

External adviser
During the year, the Remuneration Committee was assisted in its work by the following external consultant:

Adviser

Deloitte LLP (Deloitte)

Fees paid by the  
Company for advice to the 
Remuneration Committee 
and basis of charge

Other services provided  
to the Company in the year 
ended 26 January 2014

£7,820.

Pension advisory services.

Charged on a time/cost basis 
or fixed fee dependent on 
nature of project.

Consulting services in 
relation to sales data 
analytics.

Details of appointment

Appointed by the 
Remuneration Committee in 
January 2014 following a 
competitive tender process.

Services provided  
by the Adviser

Review of executive 
directors’ variable pay 
arrangements.

Executive and non-executive 
benchmarking.

Advice on the new reporting 
regulations in connection 
with the disclosure of 
Directors’ remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that all advice received was objective and independent.

Statement of voting at last AGM
The following table sets out actual voting in respect of the resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report at the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2013.

Resolution

Approve remuneration report

Votes for

59,302,285

% of vote

Votes against

% of vote

Votes withheld

88.18

7,948,144

11.82

5,370,713

74

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Additional information
Executive directors’ interests in the LTIP
The individual interests of the executive directors under the LTIP are as follows:

LTIP
Executive Director

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Date of award

02 April 2010

26 April 2011

04 April 2012

09 April 2013

02 April 2010

26 April 2011

04 April 2012

09 April 2013

02 April 2010

26 April 2011

04 April 2012

09 April 2013

02 April 2010

26 April 2011

04 April 2012

09 April 2013

At 26 January 
2013
Number

Awarded
Number

104,685

78,705

98,172

0

65,427

49,191

59,973

0

58,884

44,271

52,332

0

51,252

39,654

46,857

0

0

0

0

75,645

0

0

0

46,125

0

0

0

39,667

0

0

0

35,332

Vested
Number

(71,737)

0

0

0

Lapsed
Number

(32,948)

0

0

0

(44,835)

(20,592)

0

0

0

0

0

0

(40,351)

(18,533)

0

0

0

0

0

0

(35,121)

(16,131)

0

0

0

0

0

0

At 26 January 
2014
Number

Exercisable from

0

78,705

98,172

75,645

0

49,191

59,973

46,125

0

44,271

52,332

39,667

0

39,654

46,857

35,332

30 April 2013

30 April 2014

30 April 2015

30 April 2016

30 April 2013

30 April 2014

30 April 2015

30 April 2016

30 April 2013

30 April 2014

30 April 2015

30 April 2016

30 April 2013

30 April 2014

30 April 2015

30 April 2016

Executive directors’ interests in the SAYE
The individual interests of the executive directors under the SAYE scheme are as follows:

SAYE

R.A. White

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

At 26 January 
2013
Number

Granted
Number

Exercised
Number

Lapsed
Number

At 26 January 
2014
Number

Option price 
Pence

Exercisable from

4,113

1,089

2,937

1,675

4,896

670

4,113

1,089

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

4,113

1,089

2,937

1,675

4,896

670

4,113

1,089

254

358

254

358

254

358

254

358

01 October 2015

01 January 2018

01 October 2015

01 January 2018

01 October 2015

01 January 2018

01 October 2015

01 January 2018

75

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Remuneration Report
Continued

AESOP free shares 
The following free share awards to the executive directors were made under the AESOP scheme: 

Date of award 
and vesting date

Share price on 
date of award 
Pence

At 26 January 
2013 
Number

Shares awarded 
Number

Shares vested 
Number

Shares lapsed 
Number

At 26 January 
2014 
Number

Value vested 
£000

R.A. White 

A.B.C. Short

J.D. Kemp 

A.L. Memmott 

12 June 2013

12 June 2013

12 June 2013

12 June 2013

503

503

503

503

–

–

–

–

596

596

596

596

(596)

(596)

(596)

(596)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

3

3

3

Approval
This Report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

John R. Nicolson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
25 March 2014

76

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Directors’ Statement

Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the annual report and the financial statements
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they 
are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected 
to prepare the parent Company financial statements on the same basis. 

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of the consolidated profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and 
parent Company financial statements, the directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; 
•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; and 
•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the parent 

Company will continue in business. 

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure  
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets of the parent Company and the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report 
and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations. 

A copy of the Group and parent Company financial statements has been placed on the Company’s website, www.agbarr.co.uk. The 
directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the U.K. governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ statement pursuant to the Disclosure and Transparency Rules 
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are set out on pages 32 to 33 of this report, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 

financial position of the Group and parent Company and of the consolidated profit; 

•  the Annual Report and Accounts includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
faced by the Group; and

•  the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for 

shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

R.A. White 
Chief Executive 
25 March 2014

A.B.C. Short
Finance Director

77

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Barr Brand range
The Barr Brand continued its 
development of new flavours 
adding a Bubblegum flavoured 
drink to the range during the year. 
The Barr Brand continues to 
develop with the launch of Barr 
XTRA Cola in 2014.

 “We are always 
 looking for opportunities 
 to develop new skills.” 

  David Cruikshanks, Technical Operator 

Accounts
A year of strong 
growth in revenue 
and profit.

AccountsAccountsIndependent Auditor’s Report to the Members of A.G. BARR p.l.c. only 

Opinions and conclusions arising from our audit
1 Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of A.G. BARR p.l.c. for the year ended 26 January 2014 set out on pages 84 to 130. In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 26 January 2014 and 

of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted 

by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU);

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in 

accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group 

financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

2 Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements the risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit 
were as follows:

The risk

Our response

Valuation of inventories (£16.0 million):
Refer to page 47 (Audit Committee statement), page 96 (accounting policy) and page 114 (financial disclosures)

Inventory is a significant balance and the group’s main raw 
materials are commodities which can be subject to price 
volatility. As the group uses a standard cost as its basis of 
inventory valuation, changes in price and production levels will 
lead to purchase price variances which, if not accounted for 
correctly, may lead to inventories being misstated.

In this area, our audit procedures included, among others, testing the 
group’s controls over the tracking of purchase price variances, inventory 
movements and balances; agreeing the cost of inventories for a sample 
of items to supporting documentation (e.g. purchase invoices) and 
considering for reasonableness (by reference to historical data and 
commodity price movements) the variances arising from the group’s 
standard costing system. In addition our procedures included testing 
whether the standard costs which form the basis of the inventory 
valuation were set appropriately (for example by agreeing standard 
costs into invoices and other supporting costings) and reflected normal 
production levels, having been adjusted appropriately for any capacity 
under-utilisation; and agreeing the calculation of overheads absorbed 
into inventory to supporting analyses of production costs incurred 
during the time of production of year-end inventory. We also considered 
the adequacy of disclosures in relation to inventory in the financial 
statements.

Brand support accruals (£12.4 million):
Refer to page 47 (Audit Committee statement), page 98 (accounting policy) and page 118 (financial disclosures)

The group incurs significant costs in supporting and developing 
the group’s brands. Accounting for such costs at the year end 
is considered a significant audit risk due to the judgement 
involved in ascertaining the level of accrual required in relation to 
promotions and brand support campaigns that either span the 
year end, where settlement has not been fully and finally made 
by the year end or where prior year claims arise.

Our audit procedures in relation to accounting for brand support costs 
included, among others, testing the group’s systems for capturing and 
ensuring completeness of such costs and challenging by reference to 
our knowledge of historical sales and other data, on a sample basis, the 
nature and level of key brand support accruals. In addition our testing 
included agreeing some specific items within accruals to supporting 
documentation or correspondence with the customer to confirm the 
agreed brand support cost and discussing with management and 
agreeing the accounting treatment for prior year claims from customers 
(which included reading and considering correspondence with key 
customers) that remained within accruals at the year end. We have 
considered the disclosures made in this area.

81

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of A.G. BARR p.l.c. only 
Continued

The risk

Our response

Accounting for certain aspects of property, plant and equipment and leases in relation to the group’s facility at Milton Keynes;
Refer to page 47 (Audit Committee statement), page 94 (accounting policy) and pages 108, 109 and 121 (financial disclosures)

The group has significant property, plant and equipment and, 
this year, has constructed a new facility in Milton Keynes. 
As such, there is a risk arising from the degree of judgement 
involved in assessing the nature and level of expenditure to be 
capitalised as property, plant and equipment, in considering 
the level of borrowing costs that should be capitalised on 
the construction of such assets, in assessing whether leases 
entered into are finance or operating in nature and in assessing 
the appropriate depreciation rates and estimated useful lives of 
such assets.

Our audit procedures included, among others, testing the group’s 
controls over capitalisation and purchase of assets; seeking support 
for additions, particularly in relation to the new site at Milton Keynes; 
challenging additions to property, plant and equipment to assess 
whether there are any items included that should have been charged 
to income and ensuring that a sample of additions relate to valid items; 
testing depreciation calculations to assess whether the depreciation 
rates are in line with similar properties and have been applied correctly 
and consistently; assessing whether the date of commencement of 
depreciation of Milton Keynes’ assets was in accordance with the 
group’s accounting policy and assessing the appropriateness of the 
accounting policy in this regard; completing a site visit to the Milton 
Keynes facility; testing that any borrowing costs incurred in relation 
to the acquisition of the land and construction of buildings have been 
appropriately capitalised; and considering the treatment of a lease 
entered into by the group for the plant and equipment at this site by 
reference to the lease accounting criteria contained in accounting 
standards. We also considered the adequacy of the group’s disclosures 
in this area.

3 Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit
The materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at £1.0m. This has been determined with reference to a benchmark of 
group profit before taxation (of which it represents 3%), which we consider to be one of the principal considerations for members of the 
company in assessing the financial performance of the group.

We agreed with the audit committee to report to it all corrected and uncorrected misstatements we identified through our audit with a value 
in excess of £100,000, in addition to other audit misstatements below that threshold that we believe warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.

Audits for group reporting purposes were performed for all components by the group audit team at one location in Cumbernauld. These 
audits covered 100% of group turnover, profit before tax and total assets. The audits performed for group reporting purposes were all 
performed to materiality levels set individually for each component and ranged from £35,000 to £1,000,000. Inventory counts carried out at 
the group’s Cumbernauld, Tredegar and Milton Keynes sites were attended. During the year senior members of the group audit team 
continued its programme of site visits and completed a site visit of the group’s new Milton Keynes facility.

4 Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified
In our opinion:
•  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006;
•  the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

• 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
information given in the Corporate Governance Statement set out on pages 40 to 45 with respect to internal control and risk management 
systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share capital structures is consistent with the financial statements.

5 We have nothing to report in respect of the matters on which we are required to report by exception
Under ISAs (UK and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have identified 
other information in the annual report that contains a material inconsistency with either that knowledge or the financial statements, a material 
misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading.

82

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  In particular, we are required to report to you if:
•  we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge we acquired during our audit and the directors’ statement that they 

consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s performance, business model and strategy; or

•  the Audit Committee Report does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee.

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  a Corporate Governance Statement has not been prepared by the company.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
•  the directors’ statement, set out on page 38, in relation to going concern; and
•  the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 40 to 45 relating to the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 

2010 UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities.

Scope of report and responsibilities
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 77, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. A description of the scope of an audit of financial 
statements is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This report is made solely to 
the company’s members as a body and is subject to important explanations and disclaimers regarding our responsibilities, published on our 
website at www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2013a, which are incorporated into this report as if set out in full and should be read to 
provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, the work we have undertaken and the basis of our opinions.

Craig Anderson
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of

KPMG Audit Plc, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
191 West George Street
Glasgow
G2 2LJ
25 March 2014

83

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Consolidated Income Statement 
For the year ended 26 January 2014

2014

Before 
exceptional 
items
£000

Exceptional 
items
(note 6)
£000

Total
£000

Before 
exceptional 
items
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

254,085
(137,929)

–
(1,039)

254,085
(138,968)

237,595
(129,591)

116,156

(1,039)

115,117

108,004

(77,675)

38,481

159
(545)

(2,762)

(3,801)

–
–

(80,437)

34,680

159
(545)

(73,058)

34,946

160
(356)

2013

Exceptional 
items
(note 6)
£000

–
–

–

(3,158)

(3,158)

–
–

Total
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

237,595
(129,591)

108,004

(76,216)

31,788

160
(356)

38,095

(3,801)

34,294

34,750

(3,158)

31,592

(6,925)

810

(6,115)

(6,305)

100

(6,205)

31,170

(2,991)

28,179

28,445

(3,058)

25,387

27.02
26.92

(2.59)
(2.58)

24.43
24.34

Restated 
(note 1)

24.55
24.53

Restated 
(note 1)

21.91
21.89

(2.64)
(2.64)

Note

2
6

2, 6

5, 6

7
7

8

9
9

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax on profit

Profit attributable to equity holders 

Earnings per share (p)

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

84

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 26 January 2014

Group

Company

Note

2014
£000

2013
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

2013
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

2014
£000

Profit after tax

28,179

25,387

17,236

17,137

Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements on defined benefit pension plans
Deferred tax movements on items above
Current tax movements on items above

Items that will be or have been reclassified to profit or loss
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Deferred tax movements on items above

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

25
22

14
22

3,002
(2,368)
1,181

(2,130)
469

154

(2,954)
247
–

1,463
(336)

(1,580)

3,002
(2,368)
1,181

(2,130)
469

154

(2,954)
247
–

1,463
(336)

(1,580)

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity holders 

of the parent

28,333

23,807

17,390

15,557

85

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 26 January 2014

Group

Share 
capital
£000

Share 
premium 
account
£000

Share  
options  
reserve
£000

Cash flow 
hedge  
reserve
£000

Retained 
earnings
Restated
(note 1)
£000

Total
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

At 26 January 2013

4,865

905

1,861

1,127

121,890

130,648

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Company shares purchased for use by 

employee benefit trusts

Proceeds on disposal of shares by employee 

benefit trusts

Recognition of share-based payment costs
Transfer of reserve on share award
Deferred tax on items taken direct to reserves
Current tax on items taken direct to reserves
Dividends paid

At 26 January 2014

At 28 January 2012

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Company shares purchased for use by 

employee benefit trusts

Proceeds on disposal of shares by employee 

benefit trusts

Recognition of share-based payment costs
Transfer of reserve on share award
Deferred tax on items taken direct to reserves 
Payment in respect of LTIP award 
Dividends paid

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

4,865

4,865

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

905

905

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

At 26 January 2013

4,865

905

–
–

–

–

–
595
(687)
57
–
–

1,826

2,228

–
–

–

–

–
927
(1,142)
(152)
–
–

1,861

–
(1,661)

(1,661)

28,179
1,815

29,994

28,179
154

28,333

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

(2,290)

(2,290)

1,079
–
687
–
118
(3,304)

1,079
595
–
57
118
(3,304)

(534)

148,174

155,236

–

119,022

127,020

–
1,127

1,127

25,387
(2,707)

22,680

25,387
(1,580)

23,807

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

(2,553)

(2,553)

2,214
–
1,142
–
(1,217)
(19,398)

2,214
927
–
(152)
(1,217)
(19,398)

1,127

121,890

130,648

86

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Company

Share 
capital
£000

Share 
premium 
account
£000

Share 
options 
reserve
£000

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve
£000

Retained 
earnings
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

Total
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

At 26 January 2013

4,865

905

1,861

1,127

93,936

102,694

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Company shares purchased for use by 

employee benefit trusts

Proceeds on disposal of shares by employee 

benefit trusts

Recognition of share-based payment costs
Transfer of reserve on share award
Deferred tax on items taken direct to reserves
Current tax on items taken direct to reserves
Dividends paid

At 26 January 2014

At 28 January 2012

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Company shares purchased for use by 

employee benefit trusts

Proceeds on disposal of shares by employee 

benefit trusts

Recognition of share-based payment costs
Transfer of reserve on share award
Deferred tax on items taken direct to reserves 
Payment in respect of LTIP award 
Dividends paid

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

4,865

4,865

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

905

905

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

At 26 January 2013

4,865

905

–
–

–

–

–
595
(687)
57
–
–

1,826

2,228

–
–

–

–

–
927
(1,142)
(152)
–
–

1,861

–
(1,661)

(1,661)

17,236
1,815

19,051

17,236
154

17,390

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

(2,290)

(2,290)

1,079
–
687
–
118
(3,304)

1,079
595
–
57
118
(3,304)

(534)

109,277

116,339

–

99,318

107,316

–
1,127

1,127

17,137
(2,707)

14,430

17,137
(1,580)

15,557

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

1,127

(2,553)

(2,553)

2,214
–
1,142
–
(1,217)
(19,398)

93,936

2,214
927
–
(152)
(1,217)
(19,398)

102,694

87

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Statements of Financial Position
As at 26 January 2014

Group

2014 
£000

Note

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Pension prepayments
Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Loans and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions
Current tax

Non-current liabilities
Loans and other borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations

Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders
Share capital
Share premium account
Share options reserve
Cash flow hedge reserve
Retained earnings

11
12
13
15

17
18
14
16

19
20
14
21

19
22
25

26

2013
£000

74,360
69,495
–
–

Company

2014 
£000

8,902
75,096
19,151
62,341

2013
£000

8,902
68,059
–
61,041

74,107
76,314
–
–

150,421

143,855

165,490

138,002

16,046
47,475
–
12,932

76,453

20,812
47,798
1,463
910

70,983

13,925
49,788
–
12,930

76,643

17,851
48,975
1,463
908

69,197

226,874

214,838

242,133

207,199

–
40,964
667
396
3,122

45,149

15,000
11,378
111

26,489

4,865
905
1,826
(534)
148,174

155,236

11,462
38,789
–
–
3,838

54,089

15,000
11,700
3,401

30,101

4,865
905
1,861
1,127
121,890

130,648

1,126
85,352
667
396
151

87,692

35,474
2,517
111

38,102

4,865
905
1,826
(534)
109,277

116,339

11,462
71,846
–
–
1,375

84,683

15,000
1,421
3,401

19,822

4,865
905
1,861
1,127
93,936

102,694

Total equity and liabilities

226,874

214,838

242,133

207,199

Company Number: SC005653
The financial statements on pages 84 to 130 were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 25 March 2014 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

R.G. Hanna 
Chairman 

88

A.B.C. Short
Finance Director

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
Cash Flow Statements
For the year ended 26 January 2014

Operating activities
Profit before tax
Adjustments for:
Interest receivable
Interest payable
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share-based payment costs
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
Payment in respect of LTIP award

Group

Company

Note

2014 
£000

2013
Restated
(note 1)
£000

2013
Restated 
(note 1) 
£000

2014 
£000

7
7
12
11

34,294

31,592

21,759

21,841

(159)
545
6,445
253
595
(86)
–

(160)
356
6,519
253
927
(187)
(1,217)

(418)
821
6,195
–
595
(104)
–

(160)
356
6,188
–
927
(178)
(1,217)

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

41,887

38,083

28,848

27,757

Decrease/(increase) in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
Increase in payables
Difference between employer pension contributions and amounts 

recognised in the income statement

Cash generated by operations

Tax on profit paid

Net cash from operating activities

Investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiary 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment
Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities
New loans received
Loans repaid
Bank arrangement fees paid
Movement in finance lease
Purchase of Company shares by employee benefit trusts
Proceeds from disposal of Company shares by employee benefit 

trusts

Dividends paid
Interest paid

Net cash (used in)/generated by financing activities

4,766
323
2,680

(172)

49,484

(7,696)

41,788

–
(13,423)
142
44

(13,237)

10,000
(20,000)
(40)
–
(2,290)

1,079
(3,304)
(461)

(15,016)

(1,841)
(8,470)
2,356

39

30,167

(8,267)

21,900

–
(21,166)
324
30

(20,812)

25,000
(15,000)
–
–
(2,553)

2,214
(19,398)
(243)

(9,980)

3,926
(20,079)
14,009

(172)

26,532

(5,194)

21,338

(1,300)
(13,356)
125
44

(14,487)

10,000
(20,000)
(40)
21,976
(2,290)

1,079
(3,304)
(737)

6,684

(1,675)
(8,474)
11,398

39

29,045

(6,054)

22,991

–
(21,128)
244
30

(20,854)

25,000
(15,000)
–
–
(2,553)

2,214
(19,398)
(243)

(9,980)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

13,535

(8,892)

13,535

(7,843)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

(603)

8,289

(605)

7,238

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

16

12,932

(603)

12,930

(605)

89

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts

1 Accounting policies
General information
A.G. BARR p.l.c. (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) manufacture, distribute and sell soft drinks. The Group has 
manufacturing sites in the U.K. and sells mainly to customers in the U.K. with some international sales.

The Company is a public limited company, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated and domiciled in Scotland. 
The address of its registered office is Westfield House, 4 Mollins Road, Cumbernauld, G68 9HD.

Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated and parent Company financial statements of A.G. BARR p.l.c. have been prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union. They have been prepared under the historical cost accounting 
rules except for the derivative financial instruments and the assets of the Group pension scheme which are stated at fair value and the 
liabilities of the Group pension scheme which are valued using the projected unit credit method. The directors have adopted the going 
concern basis in preparing these accounts for the reasons set out in note 29.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of 
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed 
on page 98.

The directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under s408 of the Companies Act 2006 and have not presented an income 
statement for the Company.

Changes in accounting policy and disclosures
(a) New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The following standards have been adopted by the Group for the first time for the financial year beginning 27 January 2013 and have had an 
impact on the previously reported results of the Group:

•  Amendment to IAS 1 Financial statement presentation regarding other comprehensive income 

The main change resulting from these amendments is a requirement for entities to group items presented in ‘other comprehensive 
income’ on the basis of whether they are potentially reclassifiable to profit or loss subsequently. The statement of comprehensive income 
has been re-presented accordingly for all periods shown.  

•  IAS 19 Employee benefits 

IAS 19 Employee benefits was revised in June 2011 (‘IAS 19R’). The change to the Group’s accounting policies has been to replace 
interest cost and expected return on plan assets with a net interest amount that is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net 
defined benefit asset or liability. Prior year comparatives have been restated to take account of this change. 

90

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  This net interest expense or income replaces the finance charge on scheme liabilities and the expected return on scheme assets and is 
expected to result in a higher annual expense. The effect of IAS 19R for the year ended 26 January 2013 is to reduce the net finance income 
relating to defined benefit plans (notes 7 and 25) to nil and create a net finance charge relating to defined benefit plans of £21,000. Under 
IAS 19R the plan administration costs relating to managing the assets should be included within operating profit. As the plan administration 
costs are met by the Group (note 28) and as all plan administration costs not in connection with managing plan assets were previously 
charged as operating expenses, IAS 19R has no effect on the operating profit. In the current year, the implementation of IAS 19R has had a 
similar effect as in the prior year. Had IAS 19R been applied to the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 26 January 2013 the 
consolidated statement of financial position would have been the same as that reported. The effect on the consolidated income statement, 
statements of comprehensive income and the cash flow statements is summarised as follows:

Extract of Consolidated Income Statement 

Operating profit
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before tax
Tax on profit

Profit attributable to equity holders

Extract of Statement of Comprehensive Income

 Effect of applying 
IAS 19 Revised 
  £000 

2013
  £000 

31,788
369
(335)

31,822
(6,258)

25,564

–
(209)
(21)

(230)
53

(177)

2013
Restated 
  £000 

31,788
160
(356)

31,592
(6,205)

25,387

Group

Company

 Effect of applying 
IAS 19 Revised 
  £000 

2013
  £000 

2013
Restated 
  £000 

 Effect of applying 
IAS 19 Revised 
  £000 

2013
  £000 

2013
Restated 
  £000 

Profit after tax

25,564

(177)

25,387

17,314

(177)

17,137

Other comprehensive income
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension plans
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash 

flow hedges

Deferred tax movements on items taken direct 

to equity

Other comprehensive income for the year, net 

of tax

(3,184)

1,463

(36)

(1,757)

230

–

(53)

177

(2,954)

(3,184)

1,463

1,463

(89)

(36)

(1,580)

(1,757)

230

–

(53)

177

(2,954)

1,463

(89)

(1,580)

Total comprehensive income attributable to 

equity holders of the parent

23,807

–

23,807

15,557

–

15,557

Extract of Cash Flow Statement

Operating activities
Profit on ordinary activities before tax
  Interest receivable 
  Interest payable 

Group

Company

Effect of applying 
IAS 19 Revised
 £000

2013
£000

2013
Restated
£000

Effect of applying 
IAS 19 Revised
 £000

2013
£000

2013
Restated
£000

31,822
(369)
335

(230)
209
21

31,592
(160)
356

22,071
(369)
335

(230)
209
21

21,841
(160)
356

IAS 19R has no impact on any further line items in the cash flow statements.

91

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

1 Accounting policies (continued)
•  IFRS 13 

IFRS 13 measurement and disclosure requirements are applicable to financial statements commencing 27 January 2013. As a result of 
this the Group has included additional disclosures in its financial statements in relation to financial instruments (see notes 14 and 19).

(b) New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective for the financial year beginning 27 January 2013 and not 
adopted early
A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for future year ends, and have not been applied 
in preparing these consolidated financial statements. These standards and amendments are listed in the table below:

International Accounting Standards and Interpretations

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements
IFRS 11 Joint arrangements
IFRS 12 Disclosures of interests in other entities
IAS 32 Financial instruments: Presentation (amended 2011)

Effective date

1 January 2014
1 January 2014
1 January 2014
1 January 2014

The Directors have reviewed the requirements of the new standards and interpretations listed above, and they are not expected to have a 
material impact on the Group’s financial statements in the period of initial application.

Consolidation – subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies generally accompanying a 
shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or 
convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls an entity.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that 
control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a 
subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests 
issued by the Group (and for acquisitions prior to 1 July 2009 costs directly attributable to the acquisition). Identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. 
Currently, there are no non-controlling interests in any of the entities within the Group.

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of non-controlling interest 
over the net identifiable assets acquired less liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised as a credit in profit or loss.

Intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Profits and losses 
resulting from intercompany transactions that are recognised in net assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries are 
consistent with those adopted by the Group.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is the net invoiced sales value, after deducting promotional costs invoiced by customers, including brand support costs, and 
exclusive of value added tax of goods and services supplied to external customers during the year. Sales are recorded based on the price 
specified in the sales invoices, net of any agreed discounts and rebates.

Revenue is recognised when the goods have passed to the buyer and the amount can be measured reliably. Sales related discounts and 
rebates are calculated based on the expected amounts necessary to meet the claims of the Group’s customers in respect of these 
discounts and rebates. Brand support accruals are included in the statement of financial position in respect of these.

92

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Segment reporting
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, 
including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components and for which discrete financial 
information is available. Segment results that are reported to the management committee (as chief operating decision maker) include items 
directly attributable to a segment as well as those which can be allocated on a consistent basis.

Foreign currency translation
(a) Functional and presentation currency
Functional and presentation currency items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements 
are presented in £ Sterling which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentation currency.

(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions 
or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from 
the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income 
statement in the same line in which the transaction is recorded.

Exceptional items
As permitted by IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements, an item is treated as exceptional if it is considered unusual by its nature and 
scale and is of such significance that separate disclosure is required for the financial statements to be properly understood.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of 
the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill is tested 
annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment charges. Impairment charges on goodwill are not reversed. 
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units 
or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose.

An intangible asset acquired as part of a business combination is recognised outside of goodwill if the asset is separable or arises from 
contractual or other legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably.

Brands
Separately acquired brands are recognised at cost at the date of purchase. Brands acquired in a business combination are recognised at 
fair value at the acquisition date. Brands acquired separately or through a business combination are assessed at the date of acquisition as to 
whether they have an indefinite life. The assessment includes whether the brand name will continue to trade, and the expected lifetime of the 
brand. All brands acquired to date have been assessed as having an indefinite life as they are expected to continue to contribute to the long 
term future of the Group. The brands are reviewed annually for impairment, being carried at cost less accumulated impairment charges.

The fair value of a brand at the date of acquisition is based on the Relief from Royalties method, which is a valuation model based on 
discounted cash flows.

Customer relationships
Customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. The customer relationships 
have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method over 
the expected life of the customer relationship.

The closing balance in the current year represents the carrying value of the customer relationships acquired during the acquisitions of the 
Strathmore Water business and Groupe Rubicon Limited.

The fair value of the customer relationships at the acquisition date was based on the Multiple Excess Earnings Method (‘MEEM’) which is a 
valuation model based on discounted cash flows. The useful lives of customer relationships are based on the churn rate of the acquired 
portfolio and are up to 10 years corresponding to a yearly amortisation of between 10% and 33%. The useful lives of all intangible assets are 
reviewed annually and amended, as required, on a prospective basis.

93

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

1 Accounting policies (continued)
Water rights
Water rights represent the cost of purchasing the water rights at Pitcox. This is the source of Findlays Mineral Water. As the land rights give 
indefinite access to the water source at no cost, the rights have been given an indefinite life and are tested annually for impairment and 
carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings comprise mainly factories, distribution sites and offices. All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less 
accumulated depreciation and impairments. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the assets. 
The purchase price of an asset will include the fair value of the consideration paid to acquire the asset. Borrowing costs directly attributable 
to acquisition, construction and or production of assets that take a substantial time to complete are capitalised. 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable 
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

The carrying amount of any replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during 
the financial period in which they are incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation is charged from the date that assets, other than land, are available for use. It is calculated using the 
straight-line method to allocate the cost to the residual values of the related assets using the following rates:

Buildings – 1% 
Leasehold buildings – Term of lease 
Plant, equipment and vehicles – 10% to 33%

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each year end date. The carrying value of the 
property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the recoverable amount 
may be less than the carrying value. 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised on disposal or where no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the 
continued use of the asset. 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the net proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within 
administration costs in the income statement.

Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 
The Group has two heritable properties held under operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received 
from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance 
leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present 
value of the minimum lease payments.

Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are 
included in other long term payables. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so 
as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment 
acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to 
amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not 
be recoverable.

94

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  An impairment charge is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that is based on current market assessments 
of the time value of money and risks specific to the asset for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows 
(cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the 
impairment at each reporting date.

A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s 
recoverable amount since the impairment loss was recognised although any reversal cannot result in a carrying amount that would exceed 
the carrying amount that would have been recognised, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised in prior years.

Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash 
equivalents, loans and borrowings, and trade payables.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is 
objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. The amount 
of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the estimated cash flows. The carrying amount of the asset is 
reduced through the use of a bad debt provision account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement within 
administration costs. When a trade receivable becomes uncollectable it is written off against the bad debt provision.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less impairment in the parent company accounts.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an 
integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the 
cash flow statement.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair 
value. The gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised immediately in the income statement. However, where derivatives 
qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of the item being hedged.

At the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk 
management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at 
hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting 
changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The fair values of the derivative instrument used for hedging purposes are disclosed in note 14. Movements on the hedging reserve in 
shareholders’ equity are shown in the statement of changes in equity. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as non-current 
when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months from the statement of financial position date and as current when 
the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months from the statement of financial position date.

95

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

1 Accounting policies (continued)
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in equity. 
The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement within administration costs.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled through the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. The 
gain or loss relating to the effective portion of forward foreign currency contracts hedging overseas purchases is recognised in equity. The 
gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement within administration costs. When a hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that 
time remains in equity and is recognised within the income statement when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the 
income statement.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of 
business less the estimated costs of completing production and selling expenses.

The cost of inventories is based on the first-in first-out principle and includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing 
them to their primary distribution location and condition. This includes direct labour costs and an appropriate share of overheads based on 
normal operating activity.

Company shares held by employee benefit trusts
Company shares are purchased on behalf of employee benefit trusts to satisfy the liability of various employee share schemes. The amount 
of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a charge in equity. Purchased shares are classified as 
Company shares held by employee benefit trusts, and presented as a deduction from retained earnings.

Current and deferred income tax
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax.

Current tax is charged in the income statement except where it relates to tax on items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is 
charged to equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the year end 
date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided in full using the liability method, providing for temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts, in the consolidated financial statements.

The following temporary differences are not provided for:
•  the initial recognition of goodwill; and
•  differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Where the carrying value of an asset is to be recovered through both use and subsequent disposal, a single tax base is attributed to that 
asset resulting in a single temporary difference being recognised. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the year end date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the 
deferred tax liability is settled. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related 
tax benefit will be realised.

Employee benefits
Retirement benefit plans
The Group operates two pension schemes as detailed in note 25. The schemes are generally funded through payments to 
trustee-administered funds. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.

96

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Defined contribution pension plans
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Obligations for 
contributions are recognised as an expense in the income statement as they fall due. The Group has no further payment obligations once 
the contributions have been paid.

Defined benefit pension plans
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined contribution plan. Typically defined benefit plans define an amount of pension 
benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service 
and compensation.

The liability/surplus recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of plan 
assets less the fair value of the defined benefit obligation. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries 
using the projected unit credit method.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of 
high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity 
approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity in 
other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The Group recognises gains and losses on the curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan when the curtailment or settlement 
occurs. The gain or loss on curtailment comprises any resulting change in the fair value of plan assets, changes in the present value of the 
defined benefit obligation and any related actuarial gains and losses and past service costs that had not previously been recognised.

Share-based compensation
The Group grants equity settled share-based payments to certain employees. These are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non 
market-based vesting conditions) at the grant date. The fair value of the equity settled share-based payment determined at the grant date is 
expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the shares that will eventually vest and adjusted 
for the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

The Group also provides employees with the ability to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares at a discount to the current market value 
through payroll.

The Group records as an expense the fair value of the discount on the shares purchased by the employee as a charge to the income 
statement and a credit to the share options reserve.

At each year end date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the non market vesting 
conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to 
the share options reserve.

Profit-sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for various bonuses based on formulae that take into consideration the profit attributable to 
the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments.

The Group recognises a provision where there is a contractual obligation or where there is a past practice that has created a 
constructive obligation.

Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as the result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated 
reliably and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan which has been either 
announced or has commenced. Future operating costs are not provided for.

97

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

1 Accounting policies (continued)
Dividend distributions
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which 
the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Key judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts 
reported for assets and liabilities as at the statement of financial position date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during 
the year. Due to the nature of estimation, the actual outcomes may well differ from these estimates.

The principal estimates and judgements that have a significant effect on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are discussed below:

Valuation of inventory
Inventory is a significant balance in the consolidated statement of financial position. The Group purchases commodities for use in the 
manufacture of soft drinks and these purchases are subject to price volatility. As the Group uses standard costing to value its inventory, 
management review price variances arising from the purchases of commodities to ensure that the closing inventory correctly reflects the 
costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its current state and location. 

Carrying value of brand support accruals
The Group incurs significant costs in the support and development of the Group’s brands. Judgement is required in determining the level of 
closing accrual required at a year end for promotions and brand support campaigns that either span two financial years or where the costs 
have not been fully settled by the year end date. This includes sales related discounts which are included within revenue as disclosed in the 
revenue recognition policy above. At 26 January 2014 the closing brand support accrual was £12,412,000 (26 January 2013: £10,850,000). 

Costs capitalised within property, plant and equipment
The Group has significant property, plant and equipment additions in the year, much of this in relation to the commissioning of the new 
production and warehouse facility at Milton Keynes. Judgement is required in assessing what expenditure should be capitalised as property, 
plant and equipment and in assessing the appropriate depreciation rates and estimated useful lives of such assets. Judgement is also 
required in assessing the accounting treatment for a lease entered into by the Group for the plant at the Milton Keynes production facility. 

In addition the following area of judgement had an effect of the carrying value of assets and liabilities:

Retirement benefit obligations 
The determination of any defined benefit pension scheme surplus/obligation is based on assumptions determined with independent 
actuarial advice. The assumptions used include discount rate, inflation, pension increases, salary increases, the expected return on scheme 
assets and mortality assumptions. In addition, this year, judgement was required in relation to reviewing the impact of and accounting for an 
error identified in relation to the net assets figure reported by the actuary in relation to the balances reported at January 2013. Further detail 
on this matter is included within note 25. 

2 Segment reporting
The Group’s management committee has been identified as the chief operating decision maker. The management committee reviews the 
Group’s internal reporting in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The management committee has determined the 
operating segments based on these reports.

The management committee considers the business from a product perspective. This led to the operating segments identified in the table 
below: there has been no change to the segments during the year (after aggregation). The performance of the operating segments is 
assessed by reference to their gross profit before exceptional items. Exceptional items are reported separately in note 6.

Year ended 26 January 2014

Carbonates
£000

Still drinks
and water
£000

Other
(including 
ice-cream)
£000

Total
£000

Total revenue
Gross profit before exceptional items

197,868
99,153

55,097
16,363

1,120
640

254,085
116,156

98

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Year ended 26 January 2013

Total revenue
Gross profit before exceptional items

Carbonates
£000

182,921
92,519

Still drinks
and water
£000

53,639
14,827

Other  
(including ice-
cream)
£000

Total
£000

1,035
658

237,595
108,004

There are no intersegment sales. All revenue is from external customers.

Other segments represent income from water coolers for the Findlays 19 litre water business, rental income for vending machines, the sale 
of Rubicon ice-cream and other soft drink related items such as water cups.

The gross profit from the segment reporting is stated before exceptional costs as the Milton Keynes related exceptional costs allocated to 
cost of sales in the consolidated income statement relate to Carbonates only. 

The gross profit from the segment reporting is reconciled to the total profit before income tax, as shown in the consolidated income statement.

All of the assets and liabilities of the Group are managed by the management committee on a central basis rather than at a segment level. 
As a result no reconciliation of segment assets and liabilities to the statement of financial position has been disclosed for either of the 
periods presented.

Each of the following items are included in the reportable segments results and balances, and no adjustments are required in arriving at the 
costs included in the consolidated primary statements:

Capital expenditure
Depreciation and amortisation

2014
£000

13,423
6,698

2013
£000

21,166
6,772

Capital expenditure comprises cash additions to property, plant and equipment (note 12).

All of the segments included within Carbonates and Still drinks and water meet the aggregation criteria set out in IFRS 8 Operating Segments.

Geographical information
The Group operates predominately in the U.K. with some worldwide sales. All of the operations of the Group are based in the U.K.

Revenue

U.K.
Rest of the world

The Rest of the world revenue includes sales to Ireland and wholesale export houses.

All of the assets of the Group are located in the U.K.

Major customers
No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s revenue in either of the years presented. 

2014
£000

2013
£000

247,433
6,652

254,085

231,565
6,030

237,595

99

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

3 Profit before tax
The following items have been included in arriving at profit before tax:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Fair value movements in financial instruments
Research and development costs
Impairment of inventories
Amortisation of intangible assets
Cost of inventories charged in cost of sales
Operating lease rentals payable – property
Operating lease rentals payable – motor vehicles
Operating lease rentals payable – plant
Trade receivables impairment movement
Share-based payment costs

2014
£000

2013
£000

6,445
(86)
–
967
142
253
138,968
606
1,199
887
(187)
595

6,519
(187)
(133)
779
348
253
129,591
564
1,152
–
(284)
927

Included within administration costs (note 5) is the auditor’s remuneration, including expenses for audit and non-audit services. The cost 
includes services from the Company’s auditor and its associates:

Statutory audit services
Fees payable to the auditor of the parent Company and consolidated accounts
Fees payable to the auditor for other services:
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Non-audit services
Audit related assurance services
Other assurance services
Pension advisory services
Tax compliance services
Tax advisory services

Fees in respect of the Group’s pension plans

Audit

2014
£000

78

7

27
–
130
22
61

2013
£000

77

5

20
569
–
21
48

13

13

In the year to 26 January 2014, £130,000 of fees within other services related to an asset backed funding implementation and tax work.

In the year to 26 January 2013, £566,000 of the fees within other services related to reporting accountants’ work performed on the proposed 
merger with Britvic plc. These costs have been included within the exceptional merger related costs as part of the exceptional costs (refer to 
note 6).

100

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
4 Employees and directors

2014

2013

Average monthly number of people employed by the Group (including executive directors)
Production and distribution
Administration

Staff costs for the Group for the year

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payments
Pension costs – defined contribution plans
Pension costs – defined benefit plans 
Pension costs – defined benefit plans past service credit

5 Net operating expenses before exceptional items

Distribution costs (including selling costs)
Administration costs

6 Exceptional items

Milton Keynes development

Total cost of sales

Merger related costs
Milton Keynes development
ERP project
Redundancy costs for finance, telesales, distribution, demand and supply planning reorganisation

Total operating costs

Total exceptional costs

808
191

999

2014
£000

34,604
3,623
595
2,066
1,315
–

42,203

2014
£000

50,232
27,443

77,675

2014
£000

1,039

1,039

2,098
–
–
664

2,762

789
187

976

2013
Restated
(note 1)
£000

32,583
3,280
927
1,685
1,382
(200)

39,657

2013
£000

47,398
25,660

73,058

2013
£000

–

–

2,866
122
45
125

3,158

3,801

3,158

101

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
   
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

6 Exceptional items (continued)
Construction of a new production site at Crossley in Milton Keynes commenced in July 2012 with plant commissioning and associated 
training costs treated as exceptional items in the year to 26 January 2014. In the year to 26 January 2013, project set up and 
recruitment costs were treated as exceptional costs. The site commenced manufacturing in July 2013.

During the year to 26 January 2013, A.G. BARR p.l.c. and Britvic plc worked together on a proposed all-share merger which was 
subsequently referred to the Competition Commission and following clearance, aborted. Professional, legal fees and certain employee 
related costs incurred in relation to the proposed merger and related Competition Commission enquiry have been treated as exceptional for 
the periods presented.

Redundancy, recruitment and training costs in relation to the reorganisation of the finance, telesales, demand and supply planning 
operations within England were incurred during the year and treated as exceptional. During the year to 26 January 2013, redundancy costs 
in relation to the reorganisation of the distribution operations within England were incurred.

During the year to 26 January 2013 preliminary work in relation to the replacement of the existing Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system 
was undertaken. 

7 Finance income and Finance costs
Finance income

2013
Restated
(note 1)
£000

27
–
133

160

2013
Restated
(note 1)
£000

(235)
(100)
(21)

(356)

2014
£000

43
116
–

159

2014
£000

(458)
(87)
–

(545)

Interest receivable
Net finance income relating to defined benefit pension plans
Fair value movements in financial instruments

Finance costs

Interest payable
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees
Net finance cost relating to defined benefit pension plans

102

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
8 Taxation

Group 

Current tax
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax expense/(credit)

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of: 
Temporary differences
Adjustment for change in deferred tax rate
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax credit (note 22)

Total tax expense/(credit)

2014

2013

 Before
exceptional
items 
 £000

 Exceptional
items
 £000

9,124
(35)

9,089

(19)
(2,272)
127

(2,164)

6,925

(563)
(247)

(810)

–
–
–

–

(810)

 Before
exceptional
items
 Restated
(note 1)
 £000 

8,304
(322)

7,982

(92)
(1,579)
(6)

(1,677)

6,305

 Total
 £000 

8,561
(282)

8,279

(19)
(2,272)
127

(2,164)

6,115

 Exceptional
items
 £000 

 Total
 Restated
(note 1)
 £000

(72)
–

(72)

(28)
–
–

(28)

(100)

8,232
(322)

7,910

(120)
(1,579)
(6)

(1,705)

6,205

In addition to the above movements in deferred tax, a deferred tax charge of £1,899,000 (2013 Restated (note 1): £89,000 charge) has been 
recognised in other comprehensive income and a credit of £57,000 (2013: a charge of £152,000) has been taken direct to reserves (note 22).

A current tax credit of £1,181,000 (2013: £nil) has been recognised in other comprehensive income and a charge of £118,000 (2013: £nil) has 
been taken direct to reserves.

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the amount that would arise using the tax rate applicable to the consolidated profits of 
the Group as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax at 23.2% (2013: 24.3%)
Tax effects of:
Items that are not deductible in determining taxable profit
Exceptional items that are not deductible in determining taxable profit
Current tax adjustment in respect of prior years
Deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years
Deferred tax adjustment in respect of change of deferred tax rate
Current year impact of change in deferred tax rate
Share options permanent difference
Tax deduction available in respect of cash settlement of LTIP awards
Other differences

Total tax expense

The weighted average tax rate was 17.8% (2013 restated: 19.6%). 

2014
 % 

2014
 £000 

34,294

2013
Restated
(note 1) 
%

2013
 Restated
(note 1) 
 £000 

31,592

7,944

23.2

7,686

24.3

291
314
(282)
127
(2,272)
3
(5)
–
(5)

6,115

0.8
0.9
(0.8)
0.4
(6.6)
–
–
–
–

17.8

330
640
(322)
(6)
(1,579)
10
(244)
(296)
(14)

6,205

1.0
2.0
(1.0)
–
(5.0)
–
(0.8)
(0.9)
–

19.6

103

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

8 Taxation (continued)
The 2013 Finance Act enacted in July 2013 announced that the U.K. corporation tax rate will reduce to 20% by 2015. A reduction in the rate 
from 23% to 21% (effective from 1 April 2014) was substantively enacted on 3 July 2013 and substantive enactment of the rate of 20% with 
effect from 1 April 2015 also took place on 3 July 2013.

The deferred tax liability at 26 January 2014 has therefore been calculated having regard to the rate of 20% substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date. It has not yet been possible to quantify the full anticipated effect of the announced further 1% rate reduction in the 
corporation tax rate from 21% to 20%, although this will further reduce the company’s future current tax charge accordingly.

9 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share have been calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year, excluding shares held by the employee share scheme trusts.

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (£000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Basic earnings per share (pence)

2013
Restated
(note 1)

2014

28,179
115,351,493

25,387
115,883,733

24.43

21.91

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potentially 
dilutive ordinary shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price 
of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that 
would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (£000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
Adjustment for dilutive effect of share options

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

The underlying EPS figure is calculated by using Profit attributable to equity holders before exceptional items: 

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company before exceptional items (£000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Underlying earnings per share (pence)

2013
Restated
(note 1)

2014

28,179
115,351,493
399,418

25,387
115,883,733
96,007

115,750,911

115,979,740

24.34

21.89

2013
Restated 
(note 1)

2014

31,170
115,351,493

28,445
115,883,733

27.02

24.55

This measure has been included in the financial statements as it provides a closer guide to the underlying financial performance as the 
calculation excludes the effect of exceptional items.

104

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
10 Dividends

Paid final dividend
Paid first interim dividend
Paid second interim dividend – in lieu of final dividend for the year ended 

26 January 2013

2014
per share 

2013
per share 

–p
2.83p

–p

2.83p

6.88p
2.62p

7.40p

16.90p

2014
£000

–
3,304

–

3,304

2013
£000

7,872
3,009

8,517

19,398

The directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the year ended 26 January 2014 of 8.19p per share, amounting to a dividend of 
£9,563,000. It will be paid on 6 June 2014 to all shareholders who are on the Register of Members on 9 May 2014.

A second interim dividend was paid to shareholders on 18 January 2013 in lieu of the final dividend for the year ended 26 January 2013.

11 Intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 26 January 2013 and at 26 January 2014

Amortisation and impairment losses
At 28 January 2012
Amortisation for the year

At 26 January 2013
Amortisation for the year

At 26 January 2014

Carrying amounts
At 26 January 2014

At 26 January 2013

Goodwill
£000

Brands
£000

Customer 
relationships
£000

Water rights
£000

Total
£000

23,274

50,276

3,532

742

77,824

336
–

336
–

336

290
–

290
–

290

1,843
253

2,096
253

2,349

22,938

49,986

1,183

22,938

49,986

1,436

742
–

742
–

742

–

–

3,211
253

3,464
253

3,717

74,107

74,360

Customer relationships were intangible assets recognised on the acquisition of the Strathmore Water business and Groupe Rubicon 
Limited. The amortisation charge represents the spreading of the cost over the assets’ expected useful lives: the Strathmore customer 
relationships were fully amortised in the year to 28 January 2012 and the Rubicon asset has five years remaining. This period has been 
reviewed at the statement of financial position date and remains appropriate.

The amortisation costs for the year to 26 January 2014 have been included in the income statement as administration costs. 

105

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

11 Intangible assets (continued)

Company

Cost
At 26 January 2013 and at 26 January 2014

Amortisation and impairment losses
At 28 January 2012 and 26 January 2013
Amortisation for the year

At 26 January 2013 and 26 January 2014

Carrying amounts
At 26 January 2014

At 26 January 2013

Goodwill
£000

Brands
£000

Customer 
relationships
£000

Water rights
£000

Total
£000

1,920

7,290

1,000

742

10,952

18
–

18

290
–

290

1,902

7,000

1,902

7,000

1,000
–

1,000

–

–

742
–

742

–

–

2,050
–

2,050

8,902

8,902

All intangible assets noted above were recognised on the acquisition of the Strathmore Water business.

Impairment tests for goodwill and brands
For impairment testing, goodwill and brands are allocated to the cash-generating unit (CGU) representing the lowest level at which goodwill 
is monitored for internal management purposes.

The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill allocated to each CGU are: 

At 26 January 2014

Rubicon operating unit
Strathmore operating unit

Total

At 26 January 2013

Rubicon operating unit
Strathmore operating unit

Total

Goodwill
£000

21,036
1,902

22,938

Goodwill
£000

21,036
1,902

22,938

Brands
£000

42,986
7,000

49,986

Brands
£000

42,986
7,000

49,986

Customer
relationships
£000

1,183
–

1,183

Customer
relationships
£000

1,436
–

1,436

Total 
£000

65,205
8,902

74,107

Total 
£000

65,458
8,902

74,360

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections 
based on financial budgets approved by management which cover a three year period.

106

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Cash flows beyond the three years are extrapolated using the growth rates and other key assumptions as stated below:

Key assumptions

2014

2013

Gross margin
%

Growth rate
%

Discount rate
%

Gross margin
%

Growth rate
%

Discount rate
%

Rubicon operating unit
Strathmore operating unit

31.20
26.40

2.25
2.25

8.40
8.40

32.85
31.98

2.25
2.25

9.85
9.85

The Rubicon operating unit can be further allocated across carbonates and still drinks when determining the CGU required for impairment 
testing. No impairment was identified through this allocation.

The budgeted gross margin is based on past performance and management’s expectation of market development. The weighted average 
growth rates used are consistent with the forecasts included in industry reports. The discount rates used are pre-tax.

The discount rate reflects management’s estimate of pre-tax cost of capital adjusted for the specific risks impacting on each operating unit.
The estimated pre-tax cost of capital is a benchmark for the Group provided by an independent third party.

Advertising and promotional costs are included in the analysis, using latest annual budgets for the year to 25 January 2015 and projected 
costs thereafter.

Sensitivity analysis was carried out on the above calculations to review possible levels of impairment after adjusting discount rates. At a 
pre-tax rate of 12%, neither of the CGUs were impaired. Whilst cash flow projections used within the impairment reviews are subject to 
inherent uncertainty, changes within reason to the key assumptions applied in assessing the value in use calculation would not result in a 
change in the impairment conclusions reached. 

107

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

12 Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost or deemed cost
At 28 January 2012
Additions
Transfer from assets under construction
Disposals

Land and buildings

Freehold
£000

Long leasehold
£000

Plant, equipment 
and vehicles
£000

Assets under 
construction
£000

Total
£000

29,870
931
7,128
(3)

545
–
–
(7)

77,021
2,836
1,601
(11,283)

1,264
17,511
(8,729)
–

108,700
21,278
–
(11,293)

At 26 January 2013

37,926

538

70,175

10,046

118,685

Additions
Transfer from assets under construction
Disposals

2,823
14,376
–

–
–
–

4,185
1,042
(2,492)

6,312
(15,418)
–

13,320
–
(2,492)

At 26 January 2014

55,125

538

72,910

940

129,513

Depreciation
At 28 January 2012
Amount charged for year
Disposals

3,185
379
(3)

514
9
(7)

50,128
6,131
(11,146)

At 26 January 2013

3,561

516

45,113

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

53,827
6,519
(11,156)

49,190

6,445
(2,436)

53,199

535
–

4
–

5,906
(2,436)

4,096

520

48,583

51,029

34,365

18

22

24,327

940

76,314

25,062

10,046

69,495

Amount charged for year
Disposals

At 26 January 2014

Net book value

As at 26 January 2014

As at 26 January 2013

Included within the additions for the year to 26 January 2014 for both the Group and the Company is £85,000 (2013: £25,910) of interest in 
respect of the £15,000,000 facility arranged and drawn down in the year for the building work at Crossley, Milton Keynes.

108

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company

Cost or deemed cost
At 28 January 2012
Additions
Transfer from assets under construction
Disposals

At 26 January 2013

Additions
Transfer from assets under construction
Disposals

Land and buildings

Freehold
£000

Long leasehold
£000

Plant, equipment 
and vehicles
£000

Assets under 
construction
£000

Total
£000

29,373
931
7,128
(2)

37,430

2,823
14,376
–

394
–
–
–

394

–
–
–

73,622
2,804
1,563
(10,236)

1,156
17,532
(8,691)
–

104,545
21,267
–
(10,238)

67,753

9,997

115,574

4,103
1,042
(1,983)

6,327
(15,418)
–

13,253
–
(1,983)

At 26 January 2014

54,629

394

70,915

906

126,844

Depreciation
At 28 January 2012
Amount charged for year
Disposals

At 26 January 2013

Amount charged for year
Disposals

At 26 January 2014

Net book value

As at 26 January 2014

As at 26 January 2013

2,918
357
(2)

3,273

519
–

373
2
–

375

2
–

48,208
5,829
(10,170)

43,867

5,674
(1,962)

3,792

377

47,579

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

51,499
6,188
(10,172)

47,515

6,195
(1,962)

51,748

50,837

34,157

17

19

23,336

906

75,096

23,886

9,997

68,059

At 26 January 2014, the Group and the Company had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment amounting to £1,451,675 (2013: £20,789,526).

109

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

12 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Freehold land and buildings includes the following amounts where the company is a lessee under a finance lease:

Cost-capitalised finance lease
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

2014
£000

25,486
(2,349)

23,137

2013
£000

–
–

–

13 Pension prepayment
During September 2013 the Company established the A.G. BARR Scottish Limited Partnership (the Partnership) and through the Partnership 
has entered into a long term pension funding arrangement with the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme.

The Partnership is controlled by A.G. BARR p.l.c. and its results are consolidated by the Group. The carrying value of the properties sold to 
the Partnership and leased back to the Company remain included on the Group’s balance sheet and continued to be depreciated in line with 
the Group’s accounting policies with the Group retaining full operational control over these properties.

The Group has taken advantage of the exemption conferred by Regulation 7 of the Partnerships (Accounts) Regulations 2008 and has, 
therefore, not appended the accounts of this qualifying partnership to these financial statements. Separate accounts for the Partnership are 
not required to be, and have not been, filed at U.K. Companies House.

As part of the funding arrangement the Company made a one off payment to the Pension Scheme of £20.4m to allow it to invest in the 
Partnership and this is treated as a prepayment of pension contributions. Further information on the asset backed funding arrangement is 
included within note 25. As the Partnership results are consolidated within the Group results no prepayment is recognised in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.

Non-current
Current

Prepayment of pension contributions

Company

2014
£000

19,151
1,134

20,285

2013
£000

–
–

–

The element of the prepayment classified as current is included within the prepayments figure of £3,590,000, as set out in note 18.

14 Derivative financial instruments
Group and company
Fair value hierarchy
IFRS 7 requires all financial instruments carried at fair value to be analysed under the following levels:

Level 1:  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2:  inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or 

indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

Level 3:  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined by 
using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as 
possible on entity specific estimates. The fair value of the forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at 
the date of the statement of financial position, with the resulting value discounted accordingly as relevant.

110

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  The following tables show the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the fair 
value hierarchy. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

Group
At 26 January 2014

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Unsecured bank borrowings
Trade payables

Group
At 26 January 2013

Financial assets measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Bank overdraft
Secured bank borrowings – current
Unsecured bank borrowings – non current
Trade payables

Carrying amount

Fair value

Fair value  
– hedging
instruments
£000

Loans and
receivables
£000

Other financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
£000

Total
£000

Level 2
£000

–
–

–

667

667

–
–

–

45,004
12,932

57,936

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

15,000
9,399

24,399

45,004
12,932

57,936

667

667

15,000
9,399

24,399

45,004
12,932

57,936

667

667

15,000
9,399

24,399

Fair value

Carrying amount

Fair value  
– hedging
instruments
£000

Loans and
receivables
£000

Other financial
liabilities at
amortised cost
£000

Total
£000

Level 2
£000

1,463

1,463

–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

42,226
910

43,136

–
–
–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

1,513
10,000
15,000
12,545

39,058

1,463

1,463

42,226
910

43,136

1,513
10,000
15,000
12,545

39,058

1,463

1,463

42,226
910

43,136

1,513
10,000
14,503
12,545

38,561

111

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

14 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Company
At 26 January 2014

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables and amounts due from subsidiary 

companies

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Unsecured bank borrowings
Finance lease liabilities
Trade payables and amounts due to other subsidiary 

companies

Company
At 26 January 2013

Financial assets measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables and amounts due from subsidiary 

companies

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Bank overdraft
Secured bank borrowings – current
Unsecured bank borrowings – non current
Trade payables and amounts due to other subsidiary 

companies

Carrying amount

Fair value

Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
£000

Loans and 
receivables
£000

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£000

Total
£000

Level 2
£000

–
–

–

667

667

–
–

–

–

46,198
12,930

59,128

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

15,000
21,600

53,822

90,422

46,198
12,930

59,128

667

667

15,000
21,600

53,822

90,422

46,198
12,930

59,128

667

667

15,000
20,191

53,822

89,013

Fair value

Carrying amount

Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
£000

Loans and 
receivables
£000

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£000

Total 
£000

Level 2
£000

1,463

1,463

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

43,420
908

44,328

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

1,513
10,000
15,000

45,634

72,147

1,463

1,463

43,420
908

44,328

1,513
10,000
15,000

45,634

72,147

1,463

1,463

43,420
908

44,328

1,513
10,000
14,503

45,634

71,650

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Group have an original maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount of these assets 
approximates to their fair value.

The fair value of the current trade and other receivables and the current trade and other payables approximates to their book value as none 
of the balances are interest bearing.

112

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
For the current borrowings, the impact of discounting is not significant as the borrowings will be paid within 12 months of the year end date. 
The carrying amount approximates their fair value.

The fair values of the non-current borrowings are based on cash flows discounted using the current variable interest rate charged on the 
borrowings of 1.5% and a discount rate of 1.5% and are within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

15 Investment in subsidiaries

Opening investment in subsidiaries
Investment in year

Closing investment in subsidiaries

2014
£000

61,041
1,300

62,341

2013
£000

61,041
–

61,041

The investment made by the company in the year was a capital contribution to the A.G. BARR Capital Partner Limited, a partner in the  
A.G. BARR Scottish Limited Partnership (see note 13).

The carrying value of the investment represents the fair value of the consideration paid at the date the investments were acquired.

The principal subsidiaries are as follows:

Principal subsidiaries

Principal activity

Findlays Limited
Rubicon Drinks Limited

Natural mineral water bottler
Manufacture and distribution of soft drinks

Country of
incorporation

Scotland
England

Country of principal
operations

U.K.
U.K.

A.G. BARR p.l.c. holds 100% of the equity and votes of the subsidiaries. All of the subsidiaries have the same year end as A.G. BARR p.l.c. 
and have been included in the Group consolidation. The companies listed are those which materially affect the profit and assets of the 
Group. A full list of the subsidiaries will be annexed to the next annual return of A.G. BARR p.l.c. to be filed with the Registrar of Companies.

16 Cash and cash equivalents

Group

2014
£000

2013
£000

Company

2014
£000

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts)

12,932

910

12,930

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the cash flow statements:

Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts (note 19)

The credit quality of the holder of the Cash at bank is AA(-) rated (2013: AA(-) rated).

Group

2014
£000

12,932
–

12,932

2013
£000

910
(1,513)

(603)

Company

2014
£000

12,930
–

12,930

2013
£000

908

2013
£000

908
(1,513)

(605)

113

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

17 Inventories

Returnable containers
Materials
Finished goods

18 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepayments
Amounts due by subsidiary companies

Group

2014
£000

414
4,679
10,953

16,046

Group

2014
£000

45,248
(268)

44,980
24
2,471
–

47,475

2013
£000

485
6,463
13,864

20,812

2013
£000

42,659
(455)

42,204
22
5,572
–

47,798

Company

2014
£000

367
2,915
10,643

13,925

Company

2014
£000

45,248
(268)

44,980
24
3,590
1,194

49,788

2013
£000

441
4,247
13,163

17,851

2013
£000

42,659
(455)

42,204
22
5,555
1,194

48,975

The fair values of the trade and other receivables are taken to be their book values less any provision for impairment, as there are no interest 
bearing receivables. The amounts due from subsidiary companies are considered to be fully recoverable.

The Company is the only company in the Group with trade receivables from third parties. As a result, the following disclosure tables apply to 
both the Group and the Company.

0.9% (2013: 1.2%) of the trade receivables are overdue in excess of 30 days.

The maximum exposure for both the Group and the Company to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by type of 
customer was:

Group and Company

Major customers
Direct to store customers

Total

2014
£000

41,231
4,017

45,248

2013
£000

39,142
3,517

42,659

The Group’s and Company’s most significant customer, a U.K. major customer, accounts for £2,999,000 of the trade receivables carrying 
amount at 26 January 2014 (26 January 2013: £2,532,000).

114

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
(120)
(158)
(51)
(126)

(455)

2013
£000

47,456
56
269

47,781

2013
£000

739
(284)

455

The ageing of the Group and Company’s trade receivables and their related impairment at the reporting date for the Group was:

Group and Company

Not past due
Past due 1 to 30 days
Past due 31 to 60 days
Past due 61 + days

Total

Gross
2014
£000

Impairment
2014
£000

Gross
2013
£000

Impairment
2013
£000

44,326
522
177
223

45,248

(137)
(9)
(47)
(75)

(268)

41,571
566
140
382

42,659

The carrying amount of the Group and Company’s external trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

U.K. Sterling
US Dollars
Euro

Group

2014
£000

47,074
66
335

47,475

2013
£000

47,473
56
269

47,798

Movements in the Group and Company provisions for impairment of trade receivables were as follows:

Group and Company

At start of year
Net provision utilised during the year

At end of year

Company

2014
£000

48,193
66
335

48,594

2014
£000

455
(187)

268

The provision allowance in respect of trade receivables is used to record impairment losses unless the Group and Company are satisfied 
that no recovery of the amount owing is possible. At that point, the amounts are considered irrecoverable and are written off against the 
trade receivable directly, with a corresponding charge being recorded in administration costs. Where trade receivables are past due, an 
assessment is made of individual customers and the outstanding balance. No provision is required in respect of amounts owed by 
subsidiary companies.

The creation and release of the trade receivables provision has been included within administration costs in the income statement.

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

115

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

19 Borrowings
All of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in U.K. Sterling.

Group and Company

Current
Bank borrowings
Finance lease liabilities

Non-current
Bank borrowings
Finance lease liabilities

Total borrowings

Group

2014
£000

–
–

15,000
–

15,000

2013
£000

11,513
–

15,000
–

26,513

Company

2014
£000

2013
£000

–
1,126

15,000
20,474

36,600

11,513
–

15,000
–

26,513

In the year to 26 January 2013 the current borrowings consisted of a £10,000,000 term loan and a bank overdraft of £1,513,000.
The final term loan instalment was paid in July 2013.

During the year to 26 January 2013, a revolving credit facility of £15,000,000 was negotiated to fund the building of the new manufacturing 
site at Milton Keynes. The facility has been fully drawn down as at 26 January 2014 and is repayable in June 2015. The arrangement fee of 
£98,000 has been capitalised as part of the construction costs.

During the year to 26 January 2014 the Group negotiated a one year £20,000,000 revolving credit facility. A bank arrangement fee of £40,000 
was incurred in arranging the facility and will be amortised over the life of the loan. The revolving credit facility is due to expire in March 2014.

Certain property assets were transferred into the A.G. BARR Scottish Limited Partnership and are being leased back to the Company under 
a 21 year lease agreement. Further details are included within note 25.

The amortisation charge is included in the finance costs line in the consolidated income statement.

Current bank borrowings
Unamortised arrangement fee
Finance lease liability payable within one year

Current loans and other borrowings disclosed in the statement of 

financial position

Non-current bank borrowings
Unamortised arrangement fee
Finance lease liability payable after more than one year

Group

2014
£000

–
–
–

–

2013
£000

11,513
(51)
–

Company

2014
£000

–
–
1,126

2013
£000

11,513
(51)
–

11,462

1,126

11,462

Group

2014
£000

15,000
–
–

2013
£000

15,000
–
–

Company

2014
£000

15,000
–
20,474

2013
£000

15,000
–
–

Non-current loans and other borrowings disclosed in the statement of 

financial position

15,000

15,000

35,474

15,000

Bank borrowings were secured on the entire net assets of the Group with security removed in July 2013 on fulfilment of certain conditions 
being met.

116

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
The movements in the borrowings are analysed as follows:

Opening loan balance
Borrowings made
Repayments of borrowings
Bank overdrafts (repaid)/drawn

Closing loan balance

Reconciliation to net debt:

Closing loan balance
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16)

Net debt

The undrawn facilities at 26 January 2014 are as follows:

Revolving credit facility – three years, expiries March 2014
Revolving credit facility – one year, expires March 2014
Revolving credit facility for Crossley
Overdraft

The maturity profile of the borrowings are as follows:

Less than one year
One to two years
Two to five years

The gross value of finance lease liabilities for the Company is as follows:

Gross finance lease liabilities – minimum lease payments:
Less than one year
Two to five years
Later than five years

Future finance charges on finance lease liabilities

Present value of finance lease liabilities

2014
£000

2013
£000

26,513
10,000
(20,000)
(1,513)

15,000

2014
£000

15,000
12,932

2,068

15,000
25,000
(15,000)
1,513

26,513

2013
£000

26,513
910

25,603

Total facility
£000

Drawn
£000

Undrawn
£000

10,000
20,000
15,000
5,000

50,000

–
–
15,000
–

15,000

2014
£000

–
15,000
–

15,000

10,000
20,000
–
5,000

35,000

2013
£000

11,513
–
15,000

26,513

2014
£000

2013
£000

1,126
6,213
25,547

32,886
(11,286)

21,600

–
–
–

–
–

–

117

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

19 Borrowings (continued)
The present value of finance lease liabilities for the Company is as follows:

Less than one year
Two to five years
Later than five years

Present value of finance lease liabilities

20 Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other taxes and social security costs
Accruals 
Amounts due to subsidiary companies

2014
£000

1,126
4,238
16,236

21,600

Company

2014
£000

9,399
3,833
27,697
44,423

85,352

2013
£000

–
–
–

–

2013
£000

12,545
2,001
24,211
33,089

71,846

Group

2014
£000

9,399
3,846
27,719
–

40,964

2013
£000

12,545
2,009
24,235
–

38,789

The tables below analyses the Group and Company’s financial liabilities into the relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period 
to the contractual maturity date as at the statement of financial position date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual 
undiscounted cash flows.

Group
At 26 January 2014

0 to 6 months
7 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
5 + years

At 26 January 2013

0 to 6 months
7 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
5 + years

Borrowings
£000

Finance lease
liabilities
£000

Trade payables
£000

Financial
instruments
£000

112
112
15,095
–
–

15,319

–
–
–
–
–

–

9,399
–
–
–
–

9,399

345
322
–
–
–

667

Borrowings
£000

Finance lease
liabilities
£000

Trade payables
£000

Financial
instruments
£000

6,682
5,141
224
15,077
–

27,124

–
–
–
–
–

–

12,545
–
–
–
–

12,545

–
–
–
–
–

–

Total
£000

9,856
434
15,095
–
–

25,385

Total
£000

19,227
5,141
224
15,077
–

39,669

As trade payables are not interest bearing, their fair value is taken to be the book value. Disclosures relating to borrowings are included in 
note 19.

118

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
Company
At 26 January 2014

0 to 6 months
7 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
5 + years

At 26 January 2013

0 to 6 months
7 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
5 + years

Borrowings
£000

Finance lease 
liabilities
£000

Trade payables
£000

Financial 
instruments
£000

112
112
15,095
–
–

15,319

563
563
1,170
5,043
25,547

32,886

9,399
–
–
–
–

9,399

345
322
–
–
–

667

Borrowings
£000

Finance lease 
liabilities
£000

Trade payables
£000

Financial 
instruments
£000

6,682
5,141
224
15,077
–

27,124

–
–
–
–
–

–

12,545
–
–
–
–

12,545

–
–
–
–
–

–

Total
£000

10,419
997
16,265
5,043
25,547

58,271

Total
£000

19,227
5,141
224
15,077
–

39,669

As trade payables are not interest bearing, their fair value is taken to be the book value. Disclosures relating to borrowings are included in 
note 19.

21 Provisions

Group and Company

Opening provision
Provision created during the year
Provision released during the year
Provision utilised during the year

Closing provision

2014
£000

–
601
(33)
(172)

396

2013
£000

91
–
(2)
(89)

–

The provision created during the year relates to redundancy costs associated with the reorganisation of finance, telesales, demand and 
supply planning operations in England.

119

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

22 Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Group

At 28 January 2012
Credit/(charge) to the income 

statement (note 8)

Credit/(charge) to other 
comprehensive income
(Charge) to other reserves

At 26 January 2013

Credit/(charge) to the income 

statement (note 8)

(Charge)/credit to other 

comprehensive income

Credit to other reserves
Transfer between asset and liability 

categories

At 26 January 2014

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

Share-based 
payments
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
contract 
hedge
£000

Total 
deferred tax 
asset
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
contract 
hedge
£000

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation
£000

Total 
deferred tax 
liability
£000

Net deferred 
tax liability
£000

97

438

247
–

782

916

(84)

–
(152)

680

584

(58)

(2,368)
–

1,002

–
57

–

–

679

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

133

133

1,013

354

247
(152)

1,462

526

(2,368)
57

1,135

812

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

(1,002)

(1,002)

–

–

(336)
–

(336)

(14,177)

(14,177)

(13,164)

1,351

1,351

1,705

–
–

(336)
–

(89)
(152)

(12,826)

(13,162)

(11,700)

–

1,638

1,638

2,164

469
–

(133)

–
–

–

469
–

(1,899)
57

(1,135)

–

–

(11,188)

(12,190)

(11,378)

Company

At 28 January 2012
Credit/(charge) to the income 

statement 

Credit/(charge) to other 
comprehensive income
(Charge) to other reserves

At 26 January 2013

Credit/(charge) to the income 

statement

(Charge)/credit to other 

comprehensive income

Credit to other reserves
Transfer between asset and liability 

categories

At 26 January 2014

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

Share-based 
payments
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
contract 
hedge
£000

Total 
deferred tax 
asset
Restated 
(note 1)
£000

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
contract 
hedge
£000

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation
£000

Total 
deferred tax 
liability
£000

Net deferred 
tax liability
£000

97

438

247
–

782

916

(84)

–
(152)

680

584

(58)

(2,368)
–

1,002

–
57

–

–

679

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

133

133

1,013

354

247
(152)

1,462

526

(2,368)
57

1,135

812

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

(1,002)

(1,002)

–

–

(336)
–

(336)

(2,896)

(2,896)

(1,883)

349

349

703

–
–

(336)
–

(89)
(152)

(2,547)

(2,883)

(1,421)

–

220

469
–

(133)

–
–

–

220

469
–

746

(1,899)
57

(1,135)

–

–

(2,327)

(3,329)

(2,517)

120

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  As disclosed in note 8, the U.K. government has introduced legislation to reduce the main rate of corporation tax from 23% to 21% from 
April 2014 and to 20% from April 2015. This has resulted in a £747,000 charge to equity in the year to 26 January 2014, included within the 
net charge for the year of £1,899,000.

No deferred tax asset is recognised in the statement of financial position for unused capital losses of £2,382,000 (2013: £2,382,000).

A further deferred tax asset of £892,000 (2013: £1,026,000) has not been recognised in respect of acquired tax losses in Taut (U.K.) Limited, 
a subsidiary of the Company.

23 Lease commitments
The total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows for the Group and Company:

No later than one year
More than one year but not more than five years
Due beyond five years

Total lease commitments

2014
£000

2,936
8,911
4,599

16,446

2013
£000

1,222
1,610
363

3,195

The Company has entered into an operating lease agreement for plant at its Milton Keynes site. The lease lasts for seven years.  
The value of the plant leased will amount to £14,100,000.

24 Financial risk management
Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, cash flow and fair value interest 
rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of 
financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial 
instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out by the finance department in accordance with policies approved by the board of directors. The Group’s 
finance department identifies, evaluates and manages financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s business units. The Board 
provides guidance on overall market risk management including use of derivative financial instruments and investment of excess liquidity.

In addition, treasury matters are dealt with by the Treasury Committee.

Market risk
Foreign exchange risk
The Group operates internationally. The Group primarily buys and sells in Sterling but does have some purchases and sales denominated in 
US Dollars and Euros. Due to the hedging arrangements that have been in place for the year ended 26 January 2014, if Sterling had 
weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US dollar or Euro, with all other variables held constant, there would have been an immaterial 
effect on post tax profit (year ended 26 January 2013: immaterial impact on post tax profit).

The Group periodically enters into forward option contracts to purchase foreign currencies for known purchases where the value and 
volume of trading purchases is known. The Treasury Committee assesses whether hedge accounting should be applied for each forward 
option contract.

Price risk
The Group is not exposed to equity securities price risk because no such investments are held by the Group other than within Pension 
Scheme assets.

121

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

24 Financial risk management (continued)
The Group purchases a wide range of commodities in the ordinary course of business. Exposure to changes in the market price of certain of 
these commodities, including sugar, plastic, aluminium and mango, is managed through the use of forward physical supply contracts, 
primarily to convert floating or indexed prices to fixed prices. The use of such contracts to hedge commodity exposures is governed by the 
Group’s risk management policies and is continually monitored by the Treasury Committee. Commodity derivatives also provide a way to 
meet customers’ pricing requirements whilst achieving a price structure consistent with the Group’s overall pricing strategy.

All of the Group’s commodity derivatives are treated as ‘own use’ contracts, which are outside the scope of IAS 39, since they are both 
entered into, and continue to be held, for the purposes of the Group’s ordinary operations, and are not net settled (the Group takes  
physical delivery of the commodity concerned). ‘Own use’ contracts do not require accounting entries until the commodity purchase 
actually crystallises.

The majority of the Group’s forward physical contracts and commodity derivatives have original maturities of less than one year.

As all of the commodity contracts qualify for the ‘own use’ treatment, no sensitivity analysis has been carried out.

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
As the Group has no significant interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash inflows are substantially independent of 
changes in market interest rates.

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long term borrowings. Borrowings obtained at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow 
interest rate risk, which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates.

For the year ended 26 January 2014, if interest rates on Sterling-denominated borrowings at that date had been 0.5% higher/lower with all 
other variables held constant, there would have been an immaterial change in the post tax profit for the year (year ended 26 January 2013: 
immaterial impact).

Credit risk
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and  
financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to major and direct to store customers, including outstanding receivables and 
committed transactions.

For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of ‘A’ are accepted. If major customers are 
independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control processes assess the credit quality of 
the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set by the management 
committee based on internal or external ratings. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to direct to store customers are 
largely settled in cash in order to manage credit risk from smaller, independent stores.

Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding through an 
adequate amount of committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying 
business, the Group maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining sufficient cash reserves and the availability of borrowing facilities.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (which comprises undrawn borrowing facilities and cash and cash 
equivalents) on the basis of expected cash flows. This is carried out at a Group level and involves projecting forward cash flows and 
considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet excesses of expenditure relative to income.

Capital risk management
The Group defines ‘capital’ as being net debt plus equity.

The Group’s objective when managing capital is to maintain an appropriate capital structure to balance the needs of the Group, whilst 
operating within its bank covenants.

122

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the 
capital structure, the Group has a number of options available to it including modifying dividend payments to shareholders, returning capital 
to shareholders or issuing new shares. In this way, the Group balances returns to shareholders between long term growth and current 
returns whilst maintaining capital discipline in relation to investing activities and taking any necessary action on costs to respond to the 
current environment.

The Group monitors existing equity in issuance on the basis of the net debt/EBITDA ratio. Net debt is calculated as being the net of cash 
and cash equivalents, interest-bearing loans and borrowings. The net debt position is discussed in the Financial Review on pages 15 to 17. 
The net debt/EBITDA ratio enables the Group to plan its capital requirements in the medium term. The Group uses this measure to provide 
useful information to financial institutions and investors. The Group believes that the current net debt/EBITDA ratio together with existing 
shares in issuance provides an efficient capital structure and an acceptable level of financial flexibility.

For the year ended 26 January 2014, the net debt/EBITDA ratio was 0.05 times (year ended 26 January 2013: 0.61 times).

The Group monitors capital efficiency on the basis of the return on capital employed ratio (‘ROCE’). In the financial year ended 
26 January 2014, ROCE increased to 22.4% from 20.5% (restated).

25 Retirement benefit obligations
During the year the Company operated two pension schemes, the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2005) Defined Contribution Scheme and the A.G. BARR 
p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme. The latter is a funded defined benefit scheme based on final salary which also includes a 
defined contribution section for the pension provision of new executive entrants. Under the defined benefit scheme, the employees are 
entitled to retirement benefits based on final pensionable pay. No other post-retirement benefits are provided.

Defined benefit scheme: actuarial valuation
The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Company and are invested in managed funds. A full valuation of the defined 
benefit scheme was conducted as at 5 April 2011 using the attained age method.

A surplus of £2,300,000 was determined at the valuation date with total assets valued at £81,825,000.

The defined benefit scheme exposes the Group to actuarial risks such as longevity risk, interest rate risk and market investment risk.

Responsibility for governance of the plans, including investment decisions and contribution schedules, lies jointly with the Company and the 
board of trustees. The board of trustees is composed of representatives from the company scheme members as set out in the plan’s rules.

Defined benefit scheme: IAS 19 information
The full actuarial valuation carried out at 5 April 2011 was updated to 26 January 2014 by a qualified independent actuary.

The valuation used for the defined benefit schemes has been based on market conditions as at the Company year end.

The amounts recognised in the statement of financial position are as follows:

Group and Company

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of scheme assets

Deficit recognised in the statement of financial position

2014
£000

2013
£000

(97,278)
97,167

(111)

(90,295)
86,894

(3,401)

123

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

25 Retirement benefit obligations (continued)
The movement in the defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows:

Group and Company

As at 26 January 2013

Current service cost
Interest income/(expense)

Total cost recognised in income statement

Remeasurements
– changes in financial assumptions
– actuarial return on assets excluding amounts recognised in net interest

Total remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income

Cashflows
Employer contributions
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Premiums paid

Total cash outflow

As at 26 January 2014

The movement in the defined benefit obligation in the year to 26 January 2013 was as follows:

Group and Company

At 28 January 2012

Current service cost
Curtailment gain
Interest income/(expense)

Total cost recognised in income statement

Remeasurements
– changes in financial assumptions
– actuarial return on assets excluding amounts recognised in net interest

Total remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income

Cashflows
Employer contributions
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Premiums paid

Total cash outflow

As at 26 January 2013

124

Fair value of
plan assets
£000

Present value 
of obligation
£000

Total
£000

86,894

(90,295)

(3,401)

–
4,190

4,190

–
7,271

7,271

1,603
57
(2,789)
(59)

(1,188)

(1,431)
(4,074)

(5,505)

(4,269)
–

(4,269)

–
(57)
2,789
59

2,791

(1,431)
116

(1,315)

(4,269)
7,271

3,002

1,603
–
–
–

1,603

97,167

(97,278)

(111)

Fair value of 
plan assets
£000

Present value 
of obligation
£000

82,954

(83,341)

–
–
3,946

3,946

–
1,148

1,148

1,122
55
(2,263)
(68)

(1,154)

(1,361)
200
(3,967)

(5,128)

(4,102)
–

(4,102)

–
(55)
2,263
68

2,276

Total
£000

(387)

(1,361)
200
(21)

(1,182)

(4,102)
1,148

(2,954)

1,122
–
–
–

1,122

86,894

(90,295)

(3,401)

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Whilst updating the valuation of the Group’s retirement benefit obligation for the interim financial statements, the independent qualified 
actuary, who advises the Company, identified an error in the model used to calculate the retirement benefit deficit as at 26 January 2013.

The impact of this was to understate the retirement benefit assets by £5.0m at 26 January 2013. The effect on the retirement deficit would 
have been a movement from a balance of £3.4m, to a surplus of £1.6m at that date. There was therefore also a corresponding 
understatement of net deferred tax liabilities of £1.2m at that date. These misstatements combine to a net understatement of £3.8m of net 
assets at 26 January 2013. There has been no impact on the previously reported profit.

Within the context of the Group’s balance sheet, and particularly having regard to there being no impact on retained earnings, the Board 
concluded, in the context of IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors, that the effect of this error was not 
sufficiently material to warrant the previously reported comparative figures being restated. Accordingly, the £5.0m understatement of the 
retirement benefit asset at 26 January 2013 has been dealt with through the statement of comprehensive income as an addition to the 
actuarial gain recognised for the year to 26 January 2014.

Asset backed funding arrangement
During September 2013 the Company established the A.G. BARR Scottish Limited Partnership (‘the Partnership’) and through the 
Partnership has entered into a long term pension funding arrangement with the Pension Scheme.

Under this arrangement certain property assets were transferred into the Partnership and are being leased back to A.G. BARR p.l.c. under  
a 21 year lease agreement, generating an income stream of £1.125 million per annum for the pension scheme, increasing annually in line 
with inflation.

This arrangement fully removes the requirement for any future deficit reduction contributions, which will effectively be replaced by the 
agreed income stream payments.

The Partnership is controlled by A.G. BARR p.l.c. and its results are consolidated by the Group. The value of the properties transferred into 
the Partnership remains included on the Group’s balance sheet at their present carrying values with the Group retaining full operational 
control over these properties. 

At the end of the term of the relevant lease, or earlier if the Scheme becomes fully funded to the extent that the members’ benefits can be 
secured with an insurance company, the Company has the option to repurchase the properties in the Partnership for an agreed fixed price.

Financial assumptions

Discount rate
Future salary increases
Inflation assumption

Mortality assumptions in years

Average future life expectancy for a male pensioner aged 65 at 26 January
Average future life expectancy for a female pensioner aged 65 at 26 January
Average future life expectancy at age 65 for a male non-pensioner aged 45 at 26 January
Average future life expectancy at age 65 for a female non-pensioner aged 45 at 26 January

2014

2013

4.30%
4.30%
 3.30%

4.60%
4.30%
 3.30%

2014

2013

22
24
23
 26

22
24
23
 26

The mortality tables adopted in finalising the fair value of the liabilities are S1NMA and S1NFA based on the member’s year of birth. 
This assumes that the expected age at death for males is 87 to 89 and for females is 89 to 91 depending on their age at 26 January 2014.

125

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts
Continued

25 Retirement benefit obligations (continued)
The fair value of scheme assets at the year end dates is analysed as follows:

Equities
Bonds 
Cash

Total market value of scheme assets

2014
£000

49,445
43,137
4,585

97,167

2013
£000

56,829
25,894
4,171

86,894

2012
£000

53,595
24,256
4,833

82,954

2011
£000

55,247
22,087
2,172

79,506

2010
£000

42,521
21,739
4,102

68,362

Sensitivity review
The sensitivity of the overall pension liability to changes in the weighted principle assumptions is: 

Change in assumption

Year to 26 January 2014

Year to 26 January 2013

Impact on overall liabilities

Discount rate

Increase/decrease by 0.1%

Rate of inflation

Increase/decrease by 0.1%

Life expectancy

Increase/decrease by 1 year

Decreases/increases liabilities 
by £1.9m
Increases/decreases liabilities 
by £1.1m
Increases/decreases liabilities 
by £2.9m

Decreases/increases liabilities 
by £1.7m
Increases/decreases liabilities 
by £1.4m
Increases/decreases liabilities 
by £2.7m

Methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analyses
The sensitivities disclosed were calculated using approximate methods taking into account the duration of the Scheme’s liabilities. They 
have been calculated consistently with last period’s disclosures, however these change over time with financial conditions and assumptions.

Risks to which the Scheme exposes the Company
The nature of the Scheme exposes the Company to the risk of paying unanticipated additional contributions to the Scheme in times of 
adverse experience. The most financially significant risks are likely to be:

– Asset volatility
The Scheme’s liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields in line with the requirements of 
IAS 19R. If the Scheme assets underperform this yield, this will create a deficit. The plan holds investments in a portfolio of equity and bonds 
which are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long term but provide volatility and risk in the short term. 

The Trustees have made a number of steps to control the level of investment risk within the Scheme over the last 12 months including 
reducing the overall exposure to equities and diversifying the growth asset mix. As disclosed above, the Group entered into an asset backed 
funding arrangement during the year, helping to manage the risk of asset returns through a secure income stream. The Trustees will continue 
to review the risk exposures in light of the longer term objectives of the Scheme.

– Changes in bond yields
A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities. In the event of a reduction in the corporate bond yields there will be an 
increase in the value of the Scheme’s bond holdings.

– Inflation risk 
Some of the Group pension obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities. The majority of the Scheme’s 
assets are either unaffected by inflation (fixed interest bonds) or loosely correlated with inflation (equities), meaning that an increase in 
inflation will also increase the deficit.

– Life expectancy
The Scheme’s obligation is to provide benefits for the life of the members. An increase in life expectancy will result in an increase in the 
Scheme’s liabilities. 

126

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Policy for recognising gains and losses
The Company recognises actuarial gains and losses immediately, through the remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability.

Asset-liability matching strategies used by the Scheme or the Company
The Scheme does not currently use any specific asset-liability matching strategies. The Trustees’ current investment strategy, having 
consulted with the Company, is to invest circa 60% of the Scheme’s assets in a mix of equities and diversifying return seeking assets, with 
the balance in long dated gilts and corporate bonds, in order to strike a balance between:
•  maximising the returns on the Scheme’s assets; and
•  minimising the risks associated with the lower than expected returns on the Scheme’s assets.

The Trustees are required to regularly review their investment strategy in light of the revised term and nature of the Scheme’s liabilities and 
will be next considering this as part of the triennial actuarial valuation process commencing later this year. As part of this process the 
Trustees will be assessing the impact of interest rate and inflation risk and the potential inclusion of asset-liability matching strategies.

Description of funding arrangements and funding policy that affect future contributions
The interim Schedule of Contributions dated 1 February 2012 sets out the current contributions payable by the Company to the Scheme.

The Trustees are currently carrying out their next formal valuation, which will be as at 5 April 2014. As part of that valuation process the 
Trustees and Company will agree a long term funding strategy, which may include a revision to the Schedule of Contributions to take into 
account any additional contributions to meet any funding shortfall between the value of the Scheme’s assets and liabilities. It is expected 
that the Trustees’ Schedule of Contributions will be revised to allow for the rental income stream from the asset backed funding arrangement 
effectively being a commitment which will offset the requirement for future deficit contributions.

Expected contributions over the next accounting period
A.G. BARR p.l.c. expects to contribute approximately £1.2m to the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme in the period 
ending 25 January 2015, and the Scheme expects to receive further contributions of approximately £1.1m from the asset backed funding 
arrangement which the Scheme holds an interest in. 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 20 years.

The expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted defined benefit pension benefit, estimated on the Scheme’s funding basis as at 
5 April 2011, is as follows: 

Less than 
one year

1 to 2 years

2 to 5 years

Greater than
 5 years

Proportion of total pension benefits to be paid

1%

1%

3%

95%

Defined contribution scheme

The pension costs for the defined contribution schemes are as follows:

Defined contribution costs

2014
£000

2013
£000

2,066

1,685

127

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

26 Share capital

Group and Company

Issued and fully paid

2014

2013

Shares

£

Shares

£

116,768,778

4,865,366

116,768,778

4,865,366

The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income. 

During the year to 26 January 2014 the Company’s employee benefit trusts purchased 422,130 (2013: 600,491) shares. The total amount paid 
to acquire the shares has been deducted from shareholders’ equity and is included within retained earnings. At 26 January 2014 the shares 
held by the Company’s employee benefit trusts represented 1,312,318 (2013: 1,336,531) shares at a purchased cost of £6,797,544 
(2013: £6,424,258).

27 Share-based payments
As disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report the Group runs a number of share award plans and share option plans:
•  Savings Related Share Option Scheme which is open to all employees
•  LTIP options which are granted to executive directors
•  AESOP awards that are available to all employees

Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘SAYE’)
All SAYEs outstanding at 26 January 2013 and 26 January 2014 have no performance criteria attached other than the requirement for the 
employee to remain in the employment of the Company and to continue contributing to the plan. Options granted under the SAYE must be 
exercised within six months of the relevant award vesting date.

The SAYE is open to all qualifying employees in employment at the date of inception of the scheme. Options are normally exercisable after 
five years from the date of grant. The price at which options are offered is not less than 80% of the average of the middle-market price of the 
five dealing days immediately preceding the date of invitation. 

The movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

At start of the year
Granted in the year
Forfeited
Exercised

At end of the year

2014

2013

Average 
exercise
price in
pence per
share

305p
–p
309p
167p

306p

Options

1,628,145
845,678
(46,517)
(727,935)

1,699,371

Average
exercise
price in
pence per
share

213p
358p
262p
163p

305p

 Options

1,699,371
–
(100,120)
(11,390)

1,587,861

None of the options listed above were exercisable at the respective year end dates. The outstanding options at the year end had exercise 
prices of £2.54 and £3.58 (2013: £1.63, £2.54 and £3.58).

The weighted average share price on the dates that options were exercised in the year to 26 January 2014 was £5.11.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding share options at the year end is 2 years (2013: 3 years).

128

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
LTIP
During the year, an award of shares was made to the executive directors as disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

The weighted average fair value of the share awards made during the period was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. 
The significant inputs to the model were as follows:

Date of grant

Number of share awards granted
Share price at date of grant
Contractual life in years
Dividend yield
Expected outcome of meeting performance criteria (at grant date)

Fair value determined at grant date

9 April 2013

196,769
542p
3
1.85%
68%

513p

AESOP
As described in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, there are two elements to the AESOP.

The partnership share element provides that for every three shares that a participant purchases in A.G. BARR p.l.c., up to a maximum 
contribution of £125 per month, the Company will purchase one matching share. The matching shares purchased are held in trust in the 
name of the individual. There are various rules as to the period of time that the shares must be held in trust but after five years, the shares 
can be released tax free to the participant. 

The second element of free shares allows participants to receive shares to the value of a common percentage of their earnings, related to 
the performance of the Group. The maximum value of the annual award is £3,000, and the shares awarded are held in trust for five years. 

28 Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation. 
Details of transactions between the Company and related parties are as follows:

Rubicon Drinks Limited
Findlays Limited

Sales of goods and
services

Purchase of goods and
services

2014
£000

37,268
–

2013
£000

38,197
–

2014
£000

52,692
148

2013
£000

51,590
235

The amounts disclosed in the table below are the amounts owed to and due from subsidiary companies that are trading subsidiaries. 
The difference between the total of these balances and the amounts disclosed as amounts due by (note 18) and to subsidiary companies 
(note 20) are balances due by and due to dormant subsidiary companies.

Rubicon Drinks Limited
Findlays Limited

Amounts owed by related
parties

Amounts due to related
parties

2014
£000

–
–

2013
£000

–
–

2014
£000

40,948
2,476

2013
£000

29,736
2,084

129

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notes to the Accounts
Continued

28 Related party transactions (continued)
Compensation of key management personnel
The remuneration of the executive directors and other members of key management (the management committee) during the year was 
as follows:

Salaries and short term benefits
Payment in respect of LTIP award
Pension and other costs
Share-based payments

2014
£000

2,601
–
339
30

2,970

 2013
£000

2,308
1,217
290
30

 3,845

Retirement benefit plans
The Group’s retirement benefit plans are administered by an independent third party service provider. During the year the service provider 
charged the Group £393,886 (2013: £365,741) for administration services in respect of the retirement benefit plans. At the year end 
£nil (2013: £10,600) was outstanding to the service provider on behalf of the retirement benefit plans.

29 Going concern
The directors are confident that it is appropriate for the going concern basis to be adopted in preparing the financial statements. 
The statement of financial position shows consolidated net assets of £155,236,000 (2013: £130,648,000) and the Company has sufficient 
reserves to continue making dividend payments. The Group’s net debt position has decreased from £25,603,000 at 26 January 2013 to 
£2,068,000 at 26 January 2014, and there is borrowing headroom of £47,932,000 at the year end.

Subsequent to the year end a new revolving credit facility arrangement was signed by the Company. On 3 March 2014 the Company entered 
into a three year £20m revolving credit facility with two banks to replace the facility expiring in March 2014.

30 Subsequent events
Further redundancies in relation to the reorganisation of the telesales, demand and supply planning operations within England were 
announced after the balance sheet date. 

As disclosed within note 29, a new revolving credit facility arrangement was signed by the Company subsequent to the year end. On 3 
March 2014 the Company entered into a three year £20m revolving credit facility with two banks to replace the facility expiring in March 2014.

130

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
Review of Trading Results

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs (including selling costs)
Administration costs

Operating expenses

2014
£000

2013
£000 
Restated

2012
£000 
Restated

2011
£000 
Restated

2010
£000
Restated

254,085
(137,929)

237,595
(129,591)

222,896
(117,825)

209,320
(109,298)

116,156

108,004

105,071

100,022

(50,232)
(27,443)

(77,675)

(47,398)
(25,660)

(73,058)

(46,070)
(25,288)

(71,358)

(42,803)
(24,743)

(67,546)

190,043
(99,140)

90,903

(37,339)
(23,804)

(61,143)

Operating profit before exceptional items

38,481

34,946

33,713

32,476

29,760

Exceptional items

Operating profit after exceptional items

Finance income
Finance expense

Net finance (expense)

Profit before tax
Tax on profit

Profit after tax

(3,801)

34,680

159
(545)

(386)

34,294
(6,115)

28,179

(3,158)

31,788

160
(356)

(196)

31,592
(6,205)

25,387

1,864

35,577

264
(1,096)

(832)

34,745
(7,271)

27,474

(1,156)

31,320

295
(1,678)

(1,383)

29,937
(7,851)

22,086

(3,432)

26,328

117
(1,850)

(1,733)

24,595
(6,502)

18,093

Restated

Restated

Restated

Restated

Earnings per share on issued share capital (pence)

Dividends recognised as an appropriation in the year (pence)

24.13

2.83

21.74

16.90

23.53

8.65

18.91

7.87

15.49

7.15

The figures for 2013 to 2010 have been restated to the reflect the change in accounting for defined benefit pension costs following the 
introduction of IAS 19 Revised in the year to 26 January 2014.

131

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting

THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. If you are in any doubt as to  
any matter referred to in this report or as to the action you should take, you should seek your own personal financial advice from 
a stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other independent professional adviser authorised under the Financial 
Services and Markets Act 2000 if you are resident in the United Kingdom or, if you are not resident in the United Kingdom, from 
another appropriately authorised independent financial adviser.

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all of your shares in A.G. BARR p.l.c., please pass this report, together with the 
accompanying documents, as soon as possible to the purchaser or transferee, or to the stockbroker, bank or other person  
who arranged the sale or transfer so they can pass these documents to the person who now holds the shares.

Notice is hereby given that the one hundred and tenth annual general meeting of A.G. BARR p.l.c. (the “Company”) will be held at the offices of 
KPMG LLP, 191 West George Street, Glasgow G2 2LJ on Tuesday, 27 May 2014 at 9.30 a.m. to consider and, if thought fit, pass the resolutions 
set out below. Resolutions 1 to 16 (inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and Resolutions 17 and 18 will be proposed as special 
resolutions.

1.  To receive and approve the audited accounts of the group and the Company for the year ended 26 January 2014 together with the directors’ 

and auditor’s reports thereon.

2.  To approve the directors’ remuneration policy set out on pages 51 to 62 of the Company’s annual report and accounts for the year ended  

26 January 2014. 

3.  To receive and approve the annual statement by the chairman of the remuneration committee and the directors’ remuneration report as set 

out on pages 49 and 50 and pages 63 to 76 of the Company’s annual report and accounts for the year ended 26 January 2014. 

4.  To re-elect Mr Ronald George Hanna as a director of the Company.

5.  To re-elect Mr Roger Alexander White as a director of the Company.

6.  To re-elect Mr Alexander Brian Cooper Short as a director of the Company.

7.  To re-elect Mr Jonathan David Kemp as a director of the Company.

8.  To re-elect Mr Andrew Lewis Memmott as a director of the Company.

9.  To re-elect Mr William Robin Graham Barr as a director of the Company.

10. To re-elect Mr Martin Andrew Griffiths as a director of the Company.

11. To re-elect Mr John Ross Nicolson as a director of the Company.

12. To elect Ms Pamela Powell as a director of the Company.

13. To appoint KPMG LLP as the Company’s auditor, to hold office until the conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid, 

and to authorise the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company to fix their remuneration. 

14. THAT the draft new Share Savings Scheme (the “2014 SAYE”) produced at the meeting (and, for the purposes of identification, initialled by 

the Chairman) be and hereby is approved and adopted subject to the condition that the Finance Bill 2014 is enacted substantially in the form 
currently before Parliament (insofar as it relates to Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) scheme matters) and provided that the directors be and are 
hereby authorised to make any minor amendments to the 2014 SAYE if necessary to ensure it complies with the Finance Act 2014 (insofar as 
it relates to SAYE scheme matters), and further that (once the condition regarding its adoption has been satisfied) the Company be and 
hereby is authorised to grant options under and otherwise operate the 2014 SAYE in accordance with its terms until the date which is ten 
years from the date it is adopted, and it is further resolved that no further options shall be granted under the A.G. BARR p.l.c. Share Savings 
Scheme 2005.

15. THAT the draft new Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 LTIP”) produced at the meeting (and, for the purposes of identification, initialled by the 
Chairman) be and hereby is adopted, and further that the Company be and hereby is authorised to grant options and make conditional share 
awards under and otherwise operate the 2014 LTIP in accordance with its terms until the date which is ten years from the date it is adopted. 

132

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  16. THAT the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) be and it is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to and in 
accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “2006 Act”) to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the 
capital of the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the Company: 

(a)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,621,788.50; and

(b) up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £1,621,788.50 provided that (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 
of the 2006 Act); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue in favour of the holders of shares (excluding the Company in its capacity 
as a holder of treasury shares) on the register of members of the Company on a date fixed by the Board where the equity securities 
respectively attributable to the interests of such holders are proportionate (as nearly as practicable) to the respective numbers of shares 
held by them on that date subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Board deem necessary or expedient to deal with (a) 
equity securities representing fractional entitlements; (b) treasury shares; or (c) legal or practical problems arising in any overseas territory, 
the requirements of any regulatory body or any stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever,

  provided that this authority shall expire on the earlier of 31 July 2015 or at the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the Company 
after the passing of this resolution, save that the Company may before such expiry make an offer or enter into an agreement which would or 
might require shares to be allotted, or rights to subscribe for or to convert securities into shares to be granted, after such expiry and the 
Board may allot shares or grant such rights in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the authority conferred hereby had not expired.

17. THAT, subject to the passing of resolution 16 set out in the notice of the annual general meeting of the Company convened for 27 May 2014 
(“Resolution 16”), the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) be and is hereby generally empowered, pursuant to sections 570 
and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “2006 Act”), to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of the 2006 Act) (including 
the grant of rights to subscribe for, or to convert any securities into, ordinary shares of 4 1/6 pence each in the capital of the Company 
(“Ordinary Shares”)), wholly for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred on them by Resolution 16 or by way of a sale of treasury 
shares (within the meaning of section 560(3) of the 2006 Act) as if section 561(1) of the 2006 Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, 
provided that this power shall be limited to:

(a)  the allotment of equity securities, for cash, in connection with a rights issue, open offer or other pre-emptive offer in favour of holders of 
Ordinary Shares (excluding the Company in its capacity as a holder of treasury shares) on the register of members of the Company on a 
date fixed by the Board where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of such holders are proportionate (as nearly 
as practicable) to the respective numbers of Ordinary Shares held by them on that date subject to such exclusions or other arrangements 
in connection with the rights issue, open offer or other offer as the Board deem necessary or expedient to deal with (i) equity securities 
representing fractional entitlements; (ii) treasury shares; or (iii) legal or practical problems arising in any overseas territory, the 
requirements of any regulatory body or any stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever; and

(b)  the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) above) of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £243,268,

  provided that this authority shall expire on the earlier of 31 July 2015 or at the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the Company 
after the passing of this resolution, save that the Company may before such expiry make an offer or enter into an agreement which would or 
might require equity securities to be allotted after the expiry of this authority and the Board may allot equity securities pursuant to such an 
offer or agreement as if the authority conferred hereby had not expired.

18. THAT the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 
(the “2006 Act”) to make one or more market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the 2006 Act) of ordinary shares of 4 1/6 
pence each in the capital of the Company (“Ordinary Shares”), on such terms and in such manner that the directors think fit, provided that:

(a)  the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares hereby authorised to be purchased shall be 11,676,877;

(b)  the maximum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Share is an amount equal to the higher of (i)105% of the average of the middle 
market quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five dealing days 
immediately preceding the day on which the Ordinary Share is purchased; and (ii) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and 
the highest current independent bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out, and the minimum price which may be paid 
for an Ordinary Share is an amount equal to its nominal value (in each case exclusive of associated expenses);

133

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Notice of Annual General Meeting
Continued

(c)  unless previously renewed, varied or revoked, the authority hereby conferred shall expire on the earlier of 31 July 2015 or at the 

conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the Company after the passing of this resolution, but a contract to purchase Ordinary 
Shares may be made before such expiry which will or may be completed wholly or partly thereafter, and a purchase of Ordinary Shares 
may be made in pursuance of any such contract; and

(d) an Ordinary Share so purchased shall be cancelled or, if the directors so determine and subject to the provisions of applicable laws or 

regulations of the United Kingdom Listing Authority, held as a treasury share.

By order of the Board

Julie A. Barr
Company Secretary 

23 April 2014 

Registered Office
A.G. BARR p.l.c.
Westfield House
4 Mollins Road
Cumbernauld
G68 9HD 

Registered in Scotland SC005653

Shareholders should also read the notes to this Notice of Annual General Meeting which are set out on pages 135 to 144 of this report. Those 
notes provide further information about shareholders’ entitlement to attend, speak and vote at the Annual General Meeting (or appoint another 
person to do so on their behalf).

134

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
Explanatory Notes

The following notes provide an explanation of the resolutions to be considered at the one hundred and tenth annual general 
meeting (the “AGM”) of A.G. BARR p.l.c. (the “Company”).

Resolutions 1 to 16 (inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions. This means that for each of those resolutions to be passed, more than 
half of the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution. 

Resolutions 17 and 18 will be proposed as special resolutions. This means that for each of those resolutions to be passed, at least three-
quarters of the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution.

Resolution 1 – Receive and approve the reports and accounts
Shareholders are being asked to receive and approve the audited accounts of the group and the Company (as audited by KPMG Audit Plc)  
for the year ended 26 January 2014 together with the associated reports of the directors and auditor.

Resolutions 2 and 3 – Directors’ remuneration
Following changes to the Companies Act 2006 (the “2006 Act”) which took effect on 1 October 2013, the directors’ remuneration report is now 
divided into three parts: the annual statement by the chairman of the remuneration committee, the directors’ remuneration policy and the 
directors’ remuneration report.

•  The annual statement by the chairman of the remuneration committee (which is set out on pages 49 and 50 of this report) provides  

a summary of the directors’ remuneration policy and the directors’ remuneration report.

•  The directors’ remuneration policy (which is set out on pages 51 to 62 of this report) sets out the Company’s future policy on directors’ 

remuneration. 

•  The directors’ remuneration report (which is set out on pages 63 to 76 of this report) gives details of the payments and share awards made 
to the directors in connection with their and the Company’s performance during the year ended 26 January 2014. It also details how the 
Company’s policy on directors’ remuneration will be operated in 2014.

Resolution 2 invites shareholders to approve the directors’ remuneration policy. This is a binding policy and, after it takes effect, the directors 
will not be entitled to remuneration unless such remuneration is consistent with the approved policy or shareholders otherwise approve the 
remuneration. If Resolution 2 is approved, the policy will take effect from the conclusion of the AGM. Shareholders will be given a binding vote 
on the directors’ remuneration policy at least every three years.

Resolution 3 invites shareholders to approve the annual statement by the chairman of the remuneration committee and the directors’ 
remuneration report (other than the directors’ remuneration policy) for the year ended 26 January 2014. Resolution 3 is an advisory vote and  
will not affect the way in which the Company’s pay policy has been implemented. Each year, shareholders will be given an advisory vote on  
the implementation of the directors’ remuneration policy in relation to the payments and share awards made to directors during the year  
under review. 

Resolutions 4 to 12 inclusive – Re-election and election of directors
The Company’s articles of association require that all newly appointed directors retire at the first annual general meeting following their 
appointment. Consequently, Ms Pamela Powell will retire and offer herself for election. 

The board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) complies with the provisions of the U.K. Corporate Governance Code whereby all 
directors are subject to annual re-election. Accordingly, all other directors of the Company are retiring and offering themselves for re-election. 

Biographical details of the directors are set out on pages 32 and 33 of this report. The Board has confirmed that, following formal performance 
evaluation, all of the directors continue to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles. The Board therefore unanimously 
recommends the proposed re-election (or election in the case of Ms Pamela Powell) of the directors. 

Resolution 13 – Appointment of auditor 
KPMG Audit Plc has informed the Company that it has initiated a process to streamline its two registered audit firms, KPMG Audit Plc and its 
parent entity KPMG LLP, with the result that KPMG Audit Plc will no longer carry out audit services. As a result, KPMG Audit Plc has notified the 
Company that it is not seeking re-appointment. Consequently, the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) has 
recommended, and the Board has approved, the resolution to appoint KPMG LLP as auditor of the Company. Accordingly, shareholders are 
being asked to approve the appointment of KPMG LLP as auditor of the Company to hold office until the conclusion of the next general meeting 
at which accounts are laid before the Company and to authorise the audit committee of the Board to fix their remuneration. 

In connection with the resignation of KPMG Audit Plc, the Company is required to send shareholders a copy of the statement of the 
circumstances connected with its resignation. That statement is set out on page 145 of this report. 

135

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Explanatory Notes
Continued

Resolutions 14 and 15 – Adoption of new share schemes
Under the terms of the A.G. BARR p.l.c. Share Savings Scheme 2005 (the “2005 SAYE”), which was approved by the Company in general 
meeting on 24 May 2005, the Company can grant options to employees and executive directors who enter into a savings arrangement over a 
number of years, with the savings eventually used to fund the option exercise price. No further options may be granted under the 2005 SAYE 
after 23 May 2015 and in addition there have been numerous recent and proposed legislative changes affecting Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) 
schemes. For these reasons, the Board has recommended that a new SAYE (the “2014 SAYE”) be adopted this year. The 2014 SAYE would 
replace the 2005 SAYE for any future options granted. 

The Board has also recommended that a new Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 LTIP”) be adopted. The 2014 LTIP would replace the existing 
A.G. BARR p.l.c. Long Term Incentive Plan 2003 (the “2003 LTIP”), which was approved by the Company in general meeting on 19 May 2003. 

Resolutions 14 and 15, which, respectively, approve the adoption of the 2014 SAYE and the adoption of the 2014 LTIP, are proposed as ordinary 
resolutions. The terms of the 2014 SAYE and the 2014 LTIP are summarised in pages 140 to 144 of this report. 

Resolution 16 – Authority to allot shares 
The directors may not allot shares in the Company unless authorised to do so by shareholders in general meeting. Sub-paragraph (a) of 
Resolution 16, if passed, will authorise the directors to allot shares having an aggregate nominal value of up to £1,621,788.50, representing 
approximately one third of the Company’s issued share capital as at 22 April 2014 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of 
this report). The directors have no present intention to exercise this authority.

In line with guidance issued by the Association of British Insurers, sub-paragraph (b) of Resolution 16, if passed, will authorise the directors to 
allot additional shares in connection with a rights issue having an aggregate nominal value of up to £1,621,788.50, representing approximately 
one third of the Company’s issued share capital as at 22 April 2014 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this report). The 
directors have no present intention to exercise the authority sought under sub-paragraph (b) of Resolution 16, however, if such authority is 
obtained, it will give the Company greater flexibility to allot additional shares for the purpose of a pre-emptive rights issue. This authority will be 
used when the directors consider it to be in the best interests of shareholders. 

The authorities sought under Resolution 16 will expire on the earlier of 31 July 2015 (being the latest date by which the Company must hold its 
annual general meeting in 2015) and the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company held in 2015.

Resolution 17 – Disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights
If the directors wish to allot new shares for cash, the Companies Act 2006 states that the shares must be offered first to existing shareholders  
in proportion to their existing shareholdings. For legal, regulatory and practical reasons, however, it might not be possible or desirable for shares 
allotted by means of a pre-emptive offer to be offered to certain shareholders, particularly those resident overseas. Furthermore, it might in 
some circumstances be in the Company’s interests for the directors to be able to allot some shares for cash without having to offer them first to 
existing shareholders. To enable this to be done, shareholders’ statutory pre-emption rights must be disapplied. Accordingly, Resolution 17, if 
passed, will empower the directors to allot a limited number of new equity securities without shareholders’ statutory pre-emption rights 
applying to such allotment. The authority conferred by Resolution 17 would also cover the sale of treasury shares for cash.

Sub-paragraph (a) of Resolution 17 would confer authority on the directors to make any arrangements which may be necessary to deal with any 
legal, regulatory or practical problems arising on a rights issue, an open offer or any other pre-emptive offer in favour of ordinary shareholders, 
for example, by excluding certain overseas shareholders from such issue or offer.

Sub-paragraph (b) of Resolution 17 would disapply shareholders’ statutory pre-emption rights by empowering the directors to allot equity 
securities for cash on a non pre-emptive basis but only new equity securities having a maximum aggregate nominal value of £243,268, 
representing approximately 5% of the Company’s issued share capital as at 22 April 2014 (being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this report). 

The authority sought under Resolution 17 will expire on the earlier of 31 July 2015 (being the latest date by which the Company must hold an 
annual general meeting in 2015) and the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company held in 2015.

136

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Resolution 18 – Purchase of own shares
The Companies Act 2006 permits a company to purchase its own shares provided the purchase has been authorised by shareholders in 
general meeting. 

Resolution 18, if passed, would give the Company the authority to purchase any of its own issued ordinary shares at a price of not less than  
an amount equal to the nominal value of an ordinary share and not more than the higher of: (i) 5% above the average of the middle market 
quotations of the Company’s ordinary shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five dealing days before any 
purchase is made; and (ii) the higher of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange plc. 

The authority will enable the purchase of up to a maximum of 11,676,877 ordinary shares, representing 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary 
share capital as at the date of the AGM, and will expire on the earlier of 31 July 2015 (being the latest date by which the Company must hold an 
annual general meeting in 2015) and the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company held in 2015.

The directors will only exercise this buy back authority after careful consideration, taking into account market conditions prevailing at the time, 
other investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels and the overall position of the Company. Purchases would be financed out of 
distributable profits and shares purchased would either be cancelled (and the number of shares in issue reduced accordingly) or held as 
treasury shares. 

The Company operates two share option schemes under which awards may be satisfied by the allotment or transfer of ordinary shares to  
a scheme participant. However, in practice, the Company has always satisfied awards to participants by the transfer of ordinary shares from  
the trustee of each of the schemes. 

As at 1 April 2014 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this report), options had been granted over 2,215,484 ordinary 
shares (the “Option Shares”) representing approximately 1.90% of the Company’s issued share capital at that date. If the authority to 
purchase the Company’s ordinary shares (as described in Resolution 18) were exercised in full, the Option Shares would represent 
approximately 2.11% of the Company’s issued share capital as at 1 April 2014. As at 1 April 2014, the Company did not hold any treasury 
shares.

Notes
1.  Attending the annual general meeting (the “AGM”) in person
If you wish to attend the AGM in person, you should arrive at the venue for the AGM in good time to allow your attendance to be registered. It is 
advisable to have some form of identification with you as you may be asked to provide evidence of your identity to the Company’s registrar, 
Equiniti Limited (the “Registrar”), prior to being admitted to the AGM.

2.  Appointment of proxies
Members are entitled to appoint one or more proxies to exercise all or any of their rights to attend, speak and vote at the AGM. A proxy need 
not be a member of the Company but must attend the AGM to represent a member. To be validly appointed, a proxy must be appointed using 
the procedures set out in these notes and in the notes to the accompanying proxy form.

If a member wishes a proxy to speak on their behalf at the AGM, the member will need to appoint their own choice of proxy (not the Chairman 
of the AGM) and give their instructions directly to them. Such an appointment can be made using the proxy form accompanying this notice of 
AGM or through CREST.

Members can only appoint more than one proxy where each proxy is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. Members 
cannot appoint more than one proxy to exercise the rights attached to the same share(s). If a member wishes to appoint more than one proxy, 
they should contact the Registrar at Equiniti Limited, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing BN99 6DA. 

A member may instruct their proxy to abstain from voting on a particular resolution to be considered at the AGM by marking the “Withheld” 
option in relation to that particular resolution when appointing their proxy. It should be noted that an abstention is not a vote in law and will not 
be counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes “For” or “Against” the resolution.

The appointment of a proxy will not prevent a member from attending the AGM and voting in person if he or she wishes.

A person who is not a member of the Company but who has been nominated by a member to enjoy information rights does not have a right to 
appoint any proxies under the procedures set out in these notes and should read note 8 below.

137

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
 
 
Explanatory Notes
Continued

3.  Appointment of a proxy using a proxy form
A proxy form for use in connection with the AGM is enclosed. To be valid any proxy form or other instrument appointing a proxy, together with 
any power of attorney or other authority under which it is signed or a certified copy thereof, must be received by post or (during normal 
business hours only) by hand by the Registrar at Equiniti Limited, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing BN99 6DA at least 48 hours before the 
time of the AGM or any adjournment of that meeting.

If you do not have a proxy form and believe that you should have one, or you require additional proxy forms, please contact the Registrar at 
Equiniti Limited, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing BN99 6DA.

4.  Appointment of a proxy through CREST
CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so by using the 
procedures described in the CREST Manual and by logging on to the following website: www.euroclear.com. CREST personal members or 
other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed (a) voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST 
sponsor or voting service provider(s) who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a “CREST Proxy 
Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications, and must contain the 
information required for such instruction, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the 
appointment of a proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy, must in order to be valid, be transmitted so 
as to be received by the Registrar (ID RA19) no later than 48 hours before the time of the AGM or any adjournment of that meeting. For this 
purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Application 
Host) from which the Registrar is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any 
change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s) should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited 
does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in 
relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a 
CREST personal member, or sponsored member, or has appointed (a) voting service provider(s), to procure that his/her CREST sponsor or 
voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by 
any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting system providers are referred, 
in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001.

5.  Appointment of a proxy by joint holders
In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint one or more proxies, only the purported appointment 
submitted by the most senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear in the 
Company’s register of members in respect of the joint holding (the first named being the most senior).

6.  Corporate representatives
Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives. Members can only appoint more than one corporate 
representative where each corporate representative is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. Members cannot appoint more 
than one corporate representative to exercise the rights attached to the same share(s).

7.  Entitlement to attend and vote
To be entitled to attend and vote at the AGM (and for the purpose of determining the votes they may cast), members must be registered in the 
Company’s register of members at 6.00 p.m. on 25 May 2014 (or, if the AGM is adjourned, at 6.00 p.m. on the day two days prior to the 
adjourned meeting). Changes to the Company’s register of members after the relevant deadline will be disregarded in determining the rights of 
any person to attend and vote at the AGM. 

8.  Nominated persons
Any person to whom this notice is sent who is a person nominated under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “2006 Act”) to enjoy 
information rights (a “Nominated Person”) may, under an agreement between him/her and the member by whom he/she was nominated, have 
a right to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy for the AGM. If a Nominated Person has no such proxy appointment 
right or does not wish to exercise it, he/she may, under any such agreement, have a right to give instructions to the member as to the exercise of 
voting rights. 

138

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
 
9.  Website giving information regarding the AGM
Information regarding the AGM, including information required by section 311A of the 2006 Act, and a copy of this notice of AGM is available 
from www.agbarr.co.uk. 

10.  Audit concerns
Members should note that it is possible that, pursuant to requests made by members of the Company under section 527 of the 2006 Act,  
the Company may be required to publish on a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (a) the audit of the Company’s accounts 
(including the auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the AGM; or (b) any circumstance connected with an 
auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual accounts and reports were laid in accordance with 
section 437 of the 2006 Act. The Company may not require the members requesting any such website publication to pay its expenses in 
complying with sections 527 or 528 of the 2006 Act. Where the Company is required to place a statement on a website under section 527 of the 
2006 Act, it must forward the statement to the Company’s auditor not later than the time when it makes the statement available on the website. 
The business which may be dealt with at the AGM includes any statement that the Company has been required under section 527 of the 2006 
Act to publish on a website.

11.  Voting rights
As at 22 April 2014 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this notice), the Company’s issued share capital consisted of 
116,768,778 ordinary shares of 4 1/6 pence each, carrying one vote each. Therefore, the total voting rights in the Company as at 22 April 2014 
were 116,768,778 votes.

12.  Notification of shareholdings
Any person holding 3% or more of the total voting rights of the Company who appoints a person other than the Chairman of the AGM as his/her 
proxy will need to ensure that both he/she, and his/her proxy, comply with their respective disclosure obligations under the UK Disclosure Rules 
and Transparency Rules.

13.  Further questions and communication
Under section 319A of the 2006 Act, the Company must cause to be answered any question relating to the business being dealt with at the 
AGM put by a member attending the meeting unless answering the question would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting or 
involve the disclosure of confidential information, or the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question,  
or it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

Members who have any general queries about the AGM should contact the Company Secretarial Department by email to: 
companysecretarialdepartment@agbarr.co.uk. 

Members may not use any electronic address provided in this report or in any related documents (including the accompanying proxy form)  
to communicate with the Company for any purpose other than those expressly stated.

14.  Documents available for inspection
The following documents will be available for inspection from the date of publication of this report until the conclusion of the AGM at the offices 
of Dickson Minto W.S., Broadgate Tower, London EC2A 2EW and on the date of the AGM at the offices of KPMG LLP, 191 West George Street, 
Glasgow G2 2LJ from 9.15 a.m. until the conclusion of the AGM:

14.1  a copy of the terms of the 2014 SAYE; 
14.2  a copy of the terms of the 2014 LTIP;
14.3  copies of the service contracts of the Company’s executive directors; and
14.4  copies of the letters of appointment of the Company’s non-executive directors.

139

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
Explanatory Note on Adoption of Two New Share Schemes

The principal terms of the 2014 SAYE and the 2014 LTIP are summarised below. A copy of the proposed share schemes may be inspected at 
the addresses specified in note 14 to the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

2014 SAYE 
Adopting a new Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) scheme gives the Company an opportunity to ensure the rules are consistent with changes to the 
governing tax legislation which have been made by Finance Act 2013 and which are expected to be made by Finance Act 2014. The proposed 
new scheme rules (the “2014 SAYE”) reflect these changes. However, the Finance Bill 2014 is currently before Parliament and is not expected 
to be enacted until July 2014; for that reason the resolution to adopt the 2014 SAYE is conditional on the Finance Act 2014 making the expected 
changes to the law governing SAYE schemes.

Background and operation
The 2014 SAYE will replace (for new options granted) the Company’s current scheme (the A.G. BARR p.l.c. Share Savings Scheme 2005) (the 
“2005 SAYE”). The last share options granted under the 2005 SAYE were granted on 1 January 2013, and become exercisable on 1 January 
2018. The board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) has recommended that this is an appropriate time for a new scheme, which will run 
for ten years, to be adopted.

The Board will supervise the operation of the 2014 SAYE. It is intended that any future option grants will be made under the 2014 SAYE (and not 
under the 2005 SAYE).

The 2014 SAYE allows the Company to grant U.K. tax-advantaged options under the SAYE legislation. In broad terms, a SAYE scheme allows 
the Company to grant options to employees and executive directors who enter into a savings arrangement over a number of years (either three 
or five), with the savings eventually used to fund the option exercise price (which may be set at a permitted discount with no income tax on the 
gain, provided the terms of the legislation and the scheme are complied with).

Previously, the approval of HM Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) to a SAYE scheme would have been required, however the HMRC approval 
process no longer exists for schemes adopted on or after 6 April 2014. Any reference in this note or in the 2014 SAYE to “approval” is a 
reference to approval by the shareholders (and the “approval date” occurs when both of the following have occurred (i) the shareholders have 
approved the adoption of the 2014 LTIP and (ii) any conditions to which that approval was subject have been met). 

Eligibility
Any employee or executive director of the Company (subject to meeting any qualifying period of service set by the Board, not to exceed 5 years) 
will be eligible to participate in the 2014 SAYE.

Grant of options
The Board may issue invitations to apply for options to acquire ordinary shares in the Company within six weeks following the Company’s 
announcement of its results for any period. The Board may also issue invitations to apply for options within six weeks of the approval date of the 
2014 SAYE.

If at any such time as mentioned above, the Board would be prohibited from granting options due to any statute, regulation or directive, the 
Company may issue invitations within six weeks of that prohibition ceasing.

In the case of applications exceeding the number of shares the Board has determined will be available shares, the Board will scale back 
applications following the process in the 2014 SAYE rules before granting options.

Options may not be granted more than 10 years after the approval date of the 2014 SAYE.

No payment is required for the grant of an option. Options are not transferable or pensionable.

Individual participation
An individual’s maximum monthly contribution to all savings contracts cannot exceed the maximum permitted by SAYE legislation from time to 
time (£500 once Finance Act 2014 is in force) and an individual’s proposed contributions may be scaled back by the Board in the case of 
applications exceeding available shares.

140

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Option price
The price per ordinary share payable upon exercise of an option is to be set by the Board when invitations are issued and must not be less than 
80% of the market value of a share (determined from the average of the middle market quotations of a share on the five dealing days 
immediately before the invitation date, as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List). If the option is to be satisfied by way of 
issue of shares, the exercise price cannot be set at less than the nominal value of a share.

Exercise of options
Options will normally become capable of exercise within six months of the maturity of the three or five year savings contract, and provided the 
participant remains employed in the Company’s group. Options will usually lapse six months after the maturity of the savings contract, or 
sooner on the occurrence of certain corporate events or in the event that the participant ceases to hold employment within the Company’s 
group (subject to certain exceptions, details of which are set out in the following paragraphs). Options will lapse if a person ceases to (or fails on 
seven occasions to) make the monthly contributions under the savings contract or is adjudicated bankrupt.

Leaving employment
As a general rule, an option will lapse upon a participant ceasing to hold employment within the Company’s group. However, if, after holding the 
option for at least three years, a participant ceases (for any reason) to be an employee in the Company’s group, the participant may exercise the 
option within six months. If, regardless of how long the option has been held, employment ceases by reason of injury, disability, redundancy, 
retirement or his or her employing company or the business for which he or she works being sold out of the Company’s group, then the option 
becomes exercisable for a period of six months.

A difference between the 2014 SAYE and the 2005 SAYE is that the 2005 SAYE allowed exercise upon a participant reaching the “specified 
age”. This is no longer permissible under the legislation governing SAYE schemes, instead schemes must provide that retirement (at whatever 
age) is an exercise trigger.

If the cessation of employment is due to a participant’s death, the legal personal representatives of the participant may exercise the option 
within either (i) twelve months of the date of death or (ii) twelve months of the maturity date of the savings contract (if the savings contract has 
matured as at the date of death). 

Corporate events
On a takeover by way of general offer or scheme of arrangement, reconstruction or amalgamation or voluntary winding up of the Company, 
options will be exercisable for a period of six months.

The six month period for exercise will be shortened if during the process of a take-over by general offer, a person becomes bound or entitled to 
acquire shares in the Company; in such a case the option will only be exercisable for the period that the person is so bound or entitled.

An option may be exercised up to seven days before a change of control by way of a general offer occurs. This is a new permitted exercise 
trigger to be brought in by Finance Act 2014, and therefore the 2005 SAYE does not include this exercise right. Similarly, there is a new 
permitted exercise trigger which has been included in the 2014 SAYE which allows an option to be exercised if as a result of the change of 
control of the Company, the shares under option will cease to meet the SAYE legislative requirements; a seven day exercise window is allowed 
in such cases.

In the event of a takeover by way of general offer or a court-sanctioned scheme of arrangement, reconstruction or amalgamation, options may 
(at the choice of the option holder and with the agreement of the acquiring company) be replaced by equivalent options over shares in the 
acquiring company provided this is done within six months.

Any option not exercised (or replaced) on the occurrence of such corporate events will lapse. 

Adjustment of options
On a variation in the Company’s share capital, the Board may adjust the number or description of shares under option and the price payable per 
share. Previously, such adjustments to a SAYE scheme would have required the prior approval of HMRC, however the HMRC approval process 
has now been removed and instead the legislation (under changes to be brought in by the Finance Act 2014) requires the adjustments must be 
such that the total amount to be paid under the option and the value of the shares to be acquired (judged as at the time of adjustment) is the 
same before and after the adjustments.

Overall 2014 SAYE limits
The 2014 SAYE may operate over newly issued ordinary shares, treasury shares or ordinary shares purchased in the market or transferred from 
one of the Company’s employee benefit trusts. In practice, the Board currently anticipates that the shares required to satisfy the options will be 
transferred from a trust.

141

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Explanatory Note on Adoption of Two New Share Schemes
Continued

In any 10 year period, the Company may not grant options giving a right to subscribe for shares which would exceed 10% of the issued shares 
of the Company (as at the date of option grant) when the total number of shares under those options and under all other share option or share 
acquisition schemes operated by the Company which have been granted (other than any which have lapsed) are taken into account. 

Adjustments to the 2014 SAYE 
The Board may amend the rules of the 2014 SAYE, or, as necessary, make regulations for the administration of the 2014 SAYE. 

Shareholders in general meeting must give prior approval to amendments to the 2014 SAYE if the amendment would be to the advantage of 
existing or future participants. However, no such approval is needed for amendments to benefit the administration of the 2014 SAYE, to take 
account of a change in law or to obtain or maintain favourable tax or regulatory treatment.

Prior consent or sanction of the participants who hold options is required (applying the provisions in the Articles regarding the alteration of class 
rights to determine the form of the consent or sanction required) for any amendments to the 2014 SAYE if the amendment would materially 
prejudice their interests.

No consent (of shareholders or participants) is required if the amendment is necessary or desirable to comply with or take account of 
legislation, a take-over, reconstruction or winding up. 

No amendments can be made if they are to key features of the 2014 SAYE and the effect of such amendment would be to cause the 2014 SAYE 
to cease to qualify under the legislation governing SAYE schemes. 

The Board has discretion to decide not to issue any further invitations or options or to terminate the 2014 SAYE at any time, without prejudice to 
existing options.

2014 LTIP
The Company’s previous LTIP (the “2003 LTIP”) was approved by shareholders in May 2003, and had a ten year life-span for the granting of 
awards and therefore no further awards can now be granted under it. The Remuneration Committee (the “Committee”) has undertaken a 
review of the remuneration policy for the executive directors, and it and the Board recommends the adoption of a new LTIP (“the 2014 LTIP”). 

Background and operation
The 2014 LTIP will have a ten year life-span from the date of adoption (for awards and options to be granted under it). 

The Committee will supervise the operation of the 2014 LTIP. 

An award may be granted under the 2014 LTIP in conjunction with an option under the Company’s tax approved 2010 Executive Share Option 
Scheme (“ESOS”) on terms that the 2014 LTIP award will be scaled back at exercise to reflect any gain made on the exercise of the ESOS 
option. These “Approved LTIP” awards enable the participant and the Company to benefit from the favourable tax treatment associated with 
tax approved options.

Eligibility
Any employee or executive director of the Company or any company in its group is eligible if selected by the Committee.

Grant of awards
The Company (acting on the directions of the Committee) may grant awards as conditional share awards or as options (either of these being an 
“Award”). The Committee anticipates that any such option would usually have a nil (or nominal) exercise price.

Awards may be granted within six weeks following the Company’s adoption of the 2014 LTIP, announcement of its results for any period or 
implementation of a new remuneration policy. The Committee may also grant Awards at any other time when it considers there are exceptional 
circumstances which justify the granting of Awards. 

Awards may not be granted more than 10 years after the date of adoption of the 2014 LTIP.

Awards are not transferable or pensionable.

142

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Individual limit
Ordinarily, Awards will not be granted to a participant in respect of any financial year under the 2014 LTIP over shares with a market value in 
excess of 125% of the participant’s annual base salary. In exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Committee, this limit may be 
increased to 200% of annual base salary. Where an “Approved LTIP” award is granted as described above, any shares subject to the tax 
approved option granted under the ESOS will not count towards these limits at grant; at exercise the extent to which the 2014 LTIP Award  
can be exercised shall be scaled back to reflect any gain made on exercise of the ESOS option so that the total pre-tax value delivered to the 
participant does not exceed the value of an ordinary 2014 LTIP award granted to him at the relevant level. The limits will not take into account 
any dividend equivalents awarded (see below as to “dividend equivalents”). 

Vesting of awards
Awards are to be subject to performance conditions which will be tested in respect of a performance period. The performance conditions shall 
be determined (together with the respective weighting of each condition if more than one condition applies) by the Committee based on the 
Company’s strategic priorities at the time of grant. The performance conditions for Awards to be granted in 2014 are described in the 
Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year to 26 January 2014. 

The performance period will normally be a period of at least three years. Once the performance period has passed, the extent to which an 
Award vests will be determined by the Committee. Ordinarily, awards will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, or such earlier date 
as the Committee shall determine. Vesting may also occur earlier on certain events such as the individual leaving employment or certain 
corporate events (as described further under the relevant headings below).

Any performance condition may be amended or substituted if one or more events occur which cause the Committee to consider that an 
amended or substituted performance condition would be more appropriate. Any amended or substituted performance condition would not be 
materially less difficult to satisfy. 

Awards granted in the form of options will usually be capable of exercise from the date on which they vest until the tenth anniversary of the date 
of grant (or such earlier date as the Committee shall determine). Awards may also lapse on certain events such as the individual leaving 
employment or certain corporate events (as described further under the relevant headings below).

Dividend equivalents
The Committee may decide that participants will receive additional shares on vesting/exercise which have a value equivalent to the dividends 
that have been paid on vested shares over the period from grant until the vesting date. 

Cash alternative
The Committee may determine (in its discretion) that participants will receive an amount of cash on the vesting of their Awards which is 
equivalent to the value of the vested shares and/or equivalent to the value of any dividend equivalents (rather than satisfying either or both of 
these in shares). 

Leaving employment
Awards will normally lapse upon a participant ceasing to hold employment or be a director within the Company’s group. However, if a 
participant ceases to be an employee and/or director (as applicable) because of their death, ill-health, injury, disability, their employing  
company or the business for which they work being sold out of the Company’s group or any other reason determined by the Committee  
in its discretion as being relevant, then their Award may vest if the Committee so decides. The Committee will decide whether an Award  
will vest at the date of cessation or will continue and vest on the originally anticipated vesting date. In either case, the number of shares in 
respect of which the Award vests will ordinarily be determined taking into account the extent to which the performance condition is satisfied  
(at termination or the end of the performance period as appropriate) and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, the proportion of  
the performance period that has elapsed at the date of termination. The Committee retains discretion in exceptional circumstances to 
determine the number of shares in respect of which an Award vests on another basis which it considers reasonable in all the circumstances.  
If a participant ceases employment as a “good leaver” after an award granted in the form of an option has vested but before it has been 
exercised, the option may be exercised in the period of six months after the participant ceases employment (or 12 months in the event of death). 

Corporate events
In the event of a reconstruction or takeover before the performance period is complete, the Committee will determine the extent to which 
Awards vest, taking into account the extent to which the performance condition has been met and, unless the Committee determines 
otherwise, the proportion of the performance period that has elapsed. Alternatively, the Committee may decide to allow or require Awards to be 
replaced by new awards (which are equivalent in the Committee’s opinion) over shares in another company or companies. 

143

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Explanatory Note on Adoption of Two New Share Schemes
Continued

Any Award which has not (or to the extent it has not) vested or been replaced on such corporate events will lapse. Any option which has vested 
but not been exercised (or to the extent it has not) will lapse at the expiry of the time-frame set by the Committee for the participant to exercise 
their option or accept a replacement award. 

If there is a reconstruction or takeover after an award granted in the form of an option has vested but before it has been exercised, the option 
may be exercised during the period set by the Committee. 

If a variation to the share capital of the Company, a demerger, special dividend or other similar corporate event occurs which might affect the 
current or future value of an Award the Committee may adjust the Award. 

Malus
The Committee may decide, up until the Awards have been satisfied (the “Payment Date”), that an Award shall be reduced or cancelled or 
made subject to additional conditions (including amending performance conditions or performance periods or deferring the vesting date) if (i) 
there has been a material misstatement of the Company’s financial results which has resulted in an overpayment or award to participants 
(whether under the LTIP or not) or (ii) if the participant has engaged in misconduct between the date of the Award and the Payment Date. 

Overall 2014 LTIP limits
The 2014 LTIP may operate over newly issued ordinary shares, treasury shares or ordinary shares purchased in the market or transferred from 
one of the Company’s employee benefit trusts. 

The 2014 LTIP shall be operated so that, in any 10 year period, the Company does not issue (or grant options or other rights to be issued with) 
shares which (ignoring any options or rights which have lapsed) exceed (i) 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company under all 
the Company’s share plans; or (ii) 5% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company under discretionary share plans adopted by the 
Company. For these purposes, treasury shares shall be counted as newly issued when they are transferred from treasury for so long as the 
Committee considers it best practice to do so. 

Participants’ rights
Awards will not confer any shareholder rights until the Awards have vested (and in the case of options been exercised) and the participants have 
received their shares. Neither the grant of an Award nor vesting of it will confer any entitlement to dividend equivalents (as this is at the 
Committee’s discretion).

Amendments to the 2014 LTIP
The Committee may, in its discretion, amend, vary or add to the rules of the 2014 LTIP in any way. 

However, shareholders in general meeting must approve proposed changes which are to the advantage of participants and which relate to 
eligibility, individual and plan limits, the rights attaching to Awards and shares and the amendment powers. 

The Committee can, without shareholder approval, make minor changes to benefit the administration of the plan, to comply with or take 
account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment.

The Committee may also amend, vary or add to the provisions of the rules of the 2014 LTIP as it considers necessary to take account of 
overseas taxation, securities or exchange control laws.

The Committee has discretion to terminate the 2014 LTIP at any time, without prejudice to subsisting Awards.

144

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  Section 519 of the Companies Act 2006 – Statement from KPMG Audit Plc in connection with its ceasing to hold office as auditor 

The Directors
A.G. BARR p.l.c.
Westfield House
4 Mollins Road
Cumbernauld
G68 9HD

11 April 2014

Dear Sirs

Statement to A.G. BARR p.l.c. (No SC005653) on ceasing to hold office as auditor pursuant to section 519 of the Companies Act 2006

The circumstances connected with our ceasing to hold office from 27 May 2014 are that our company, KPMG Audit Plc, has instigated an 
orderly wind down of its business. KPMG LLP, our intermediate parent entity, will accept appointment as statutory auditor subject to, and with 
effect from, the passing of Resolution 13 at the A.G. BARR p.l.c annual general meeting to be held on 27 May 2014.

We request that any correspondence in relation to this statement be sent to our registered office, 15 Canada Square, London E14 5GL, marked 
for the attention of the Audit Regulation Department.

Yours faithfully

KPMG Audit Plc

145

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014   
 
 
Notes

146

A.G. BARR p.l.c.  Annual Report and Accounts 2014  A.G. BARR p.l.c.
Westfield House 
4 Mollins Road 
Cumbernauld 
G68 9HD 
01236 852 400 
www.agbarr.co.uk

Registered Office
Westfield House 
4 Mollins Road 
Cumbernauld 
G68 9HD

Secretary
Julie A. Barr, M.A. (Hons.), 
L.L.B. (Dip.), M.B.A.

Auditors
KPMG Audit Plc 
191 West George Street 
Glasgow 
G2 2LJ

Registrars
Equiniti Ltd 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA

Registered Number
SC005653

www.agbarr.co.uk